Toyota OM42A00U

User Manual: Toyota 2014 Toyota RAV4 EV Owners Manual Pdf | Owner's Manual Pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 521

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Before driving

Information on the EV system, adjusting and operating
features such as door locks, mirrors, and steering column.

When driving

Driving, stopping and safe-driving information.

Interior
features

Air conditioning, as well as other interior features for a
comfortable driving experience.

Maintenance
and care

Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-ityourself maintenance, and maintenance information.

When trouble
arises

What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat
tire, or is involved in an accident.

Vehicle
specifications

Detailed vehicle information.

For owners

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

Index

Alphabetical listing of information contained in this
manual.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index

1-5. Opening, closing and
locking the doors

Before driving

1-1. EV system
Characteristics of the EV
(Electric Vehicle) system....
EV (Electric Vehicle)
system precautions ............
Energy monitor/
consumption screen ...........
EV (Electric Vehicle)
driving tips ..........................

26
32
38
41

1-2. Navigation system screen
operations
Navigation system screen
operations .......................... 44

Smart key system ................. 96
Wireless remote control ...... 108
Side doors .......................... 110
Back door ........................... 113
1-6. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats..........................
Rear seats ..........................
Head restraints ...................
Seat belts............................
Steering wheel....................
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror ........................
Outside rear view mirrors ...

118
121
127
131
140
141
143

1-3. Charging
Charging equipment .............
Power sources that can
be used ..............................
Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control)
procedures .........................
When normal charging
cannot be carried out .........
Inspecting the charging
cable ..................................

46
50

Power windows................... 146
1-8. Theft deterrent system

53
88
92

1-4. Key information
Keys ..................................... 94

1-7. Opening and closing the
windows

Immobilizer system............. 149
Theft prevention labels ....... 151
1-9. Safety information
Correct driving posture .......
SRS airbags .......................
Front passenger occupant
classification system.........
Child restraint systems .......
Installing child restraints .....

152
154
166
172
176

2-5. Driving information
2

When driving

Utility vehicle
precautions.......................
Cargo and luggage.............
Vehicle load limits...............
Winter driving tips...............
Trailer towing......................
Dinghy towing.....................

2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle...............
Power switch.......................
Transmission.......................
Turn signal lever .................
Parking brake......................
Horn ....................................

190
200
206
215
216
217

258
263
267
268
273
274

2
3

Interior features

2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters ............ 218
Indicators and warning
lights ................................. 223
Multi-information display ..... 227
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.................. 234
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................. 238
Rear window wiper and
washer .............................. 241
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control......................
Rear view monitor
system ..............................
Driving assist systems ........
Hill-start assist control.........

3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger

Automatic air
conditioning system.......... 276
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers ......................... 292

3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list .................
• Personal/interior light
main switch ......................
• Personal/interior lights......
• Interior light ......................
• Luggage compartment
light...................................

293

294
294
295
6

295

243
3-3. Using the storage features
247
251
256

List of storage features.......
• Glove box .........................
• Console box .....................
• Cup holders......................
• Bottle holders ...................
• Auxiliary boxes .................

296
297
298
299
300
302

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index

3-4. Other interior features
Sun visors ..........................
Vanity mirrors .....................
Power outlets .....................
Seat heaters.......................
Armrest...............................
Coat hooks .........................
Assist grips .........................
Floor mat ............................
Luggage compartment
features ............................
Garage door opener...........
Safety Connect...................

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
304
305
306
310
313
314
315
316

Do-it-yourself service
precautions .......................
Hood ...................................
Positioning a floor jack........
Motor compartment ............
Tires....................................
Tire inflation pressure .........
Wheels................................
Air conditioning filter ...........
Electronic key battery .........
Checking and replacing
fuses .................................
Headlight aim......................
Light bulbs ..........................

317
320
326

385
398
400

Maintenance and care
5

4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ........... 334
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ............ 337
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements .................... 340
General maintenance ......... 342

346
349
351
355
366
374
378
381
383

When trouble arises

5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers............ 412
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ........................... 413
If you think something
is wrong ............................ 416

5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... ..........................
If a warning message is
displayed...........................
If you have a flat tire............
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start ..........
If you lose your keys ...........
If the electronic key does
not operate properly..........
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged.........
If your vehicle overheats .....
If the vehicle becomes
stuck .................................
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency ........................

417
427
447

For owners
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners ................ 506

Index
2

465
467

Abbreviation list........................ 508

468

Alphabetical index .................... 509

470
475

What to do if... .......................... 518

477
4

479
5

Vehicle specifications

6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fluid capacity, etc.)........... 482
Tire information ................... 489

6-2. Customization

Customizable features ........ 500
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................. 503

Pictorial index

Exterior

Hood P. 349

Windshield wipers P. 238

Outside rear view
mirrors P. 143

Turn signal lights P. 215

Daytime running/parking lights P. 236

Headlights P. 234
Front turn signal P. 215
Front side marker lights P. 234

Side doors P. 110
Charging indicator P. 59, 419
Rear window defogger P. 292

Rear window wiper
P. 241

Tires
P. 366
●Rotation
●Inflation pressure P. 488
P. 489
●Information

License plate lights
P. 234

Charging port door P. 46, 59
Back door P. 113
Stop/tail and rear side marker
lights P. 234
Rear turn signal lights P. 215

Pictorial index

Interior

Head restraints P. 127

Seat belts P. 131
SRS driver airbag P. 154
Power window switches P. 146
Bottle holders P. 300

SRS front passenger
airbag P. 154
Auxiliary box
P. 302

Rear seats P. 121
Cup holders P. 299

Glove box
P. 297

Console box P. 298
Floor mat P. 316
Front seats P. 118
SRS side airbags P. 154

A
Vanity mirrors P. 305
Sun visors P. 304
Auxiliary box P. 302
“SOS” button P. 326
SRS curtain shield airbags P. 154
Assist grips P. 315

Interior light P. 295
Coat hooks P. 314
Personal/interior lights P. 294
Anti-glare inside rear view mirror P. 141
Garage door opener switches P. 320

Pictorial index

Interior

Door lock switch P. 110

Inside lock buttons P. 110

Window lock switch P. 146

Power window switches P. 146

Cup holders P. 299

Parking brake lever P. 216

Shift lever P. 206

P position switch
P. 209

Outside rear view mirror
switches P. 143

AUX port*/USB port*

*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

Pictorial index

Instrument panel

Horn P. 217
Gauges and meters P. 218

Emergency flasher switch P. 412
Audio system*
Navigation system*

Headlight switch P. 234
Turn signal lever P. 215

Charging port door
opener P. 59

Windshield wiper and washer switch P. 238
Rear window wiper and washer switch P. 241

Hood release lever P. 349
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever P. 140

Instrument panel light control dial P. 219

Manual headlight leveling dial P. 235

*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

Pictorial index

Instrument panel

Telephone switches *
Audio remote control switches *
“DISP” switch P. 228

Cruise control switch P. 243
Talk switch *

C
Power switch P. 200
Air conditioning system P. 276
Security indicator P. 149

Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch P. 292

Seat heater controls P. 310

*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

Pictorial index

Instrument panel

SPORT mode switch P. 208

Power outlet P. 306
VSC OFF
switch
P. 252

Pictorial index

Luggage compartment

Second seatback release lever P. 123
Grocery bag hooks
P. 317

Luggage
compartment
light
P. 295

Storage boxes P. 317

Cargo hooks P. 317

Power outlet P. 306

For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Please note that this manual covers all models and all equipment, including
options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.

Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota
vehicles are currently available on the market. You should know that these
parts are not covered by Toyota warranty and that Toyota is not responsible
for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may
cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products.
Modification with non-genuine Toyota products may affect performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In
addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification
may not be covered under warranty.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
● Cruise control system
● Anti-lock brake system
● SRS airbag system
● Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.

Vehicle data recordings
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
• Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Shift position
• Traction battery status
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. Furthermore, these computers do not record conversations, sounds or pictures.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a law suit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
● Usage of data collected through Safety Connect
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those services, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.

Event data recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed
to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

● Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehicle)
is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a law suit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner

Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota
dealer before you scrap your vehicle. Additionally, the lithium-ion battery
(traction battery) may cause an accident such as a fire if it is not removed
prior to scrapping. The lithium-ion battery can be disposed of at your Toyota
dealer.

Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries.

CAUTION
■ General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■ General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat
build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to
children.
■ Traction battery
Never resell, hand over or modify the traction battery. To prevent accidents,
traction batteries that have been removed from a disposed vehicle are collected through Toyota dealers. Do not dispose of the battery yourself.
Unless the battery is properly collected, the following may occur, resulting in
death or serious injury:
● The traction battery may be illegally disposed of or dumped, and someone
may touch a high voltage part, resulting in an electric shock.
● The traction battery is intended to be used exclusively with your EV. If the
traction battery is used outside of your vehicle or modified in any way, accidents such as electric shock, heat generation, smoke generation, an
explosion and electrolyte leakage may occur.
If the traction battery is resold or handed over to a third party, the possibility
of an accident is extremely high because the person receiving the traction
battery may not be aware of these dangers.
22

CAUTION
■ Disposal of the traction battery
If your vehicle is disposed of without the traction battery having been
removed, there is a danger of serious electric shock if high voltage parts,
cables and their connectors are touched. In the event that your vehicle must
be disposed of, the traction battery must be disposed of by your Toyota
dealer or a qualified service shop. If the traction battery is not disposed of
properly, it may cause electric shock that can result in death or serious injury.

Symbols used throughout this manual
Cautions & Notices
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause death or injury to people if
the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do
in order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others.

NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or
its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must
or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota
and its equipment.

Symbols used in illustrations
Safety symbol
The symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do
not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”.

Arrows indicating operations
Indicates the action (pushing, turning,
etc.) used to operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an operation
(e.g. a lid opens).

Before driving

Wireless remote control ... 108
Side doors........................ 110
Back door......................... 113

1-1. EV system
Characteristics of the EV
(Electric Vehicle)
system .............................
EV (Electric Vehicle)
system precautions..........
Energy monitor/
consumption screen.........
EV (Electric Vehicle)
driving tips........................

26
32
38
41

1-2. Navigation system screen
operations
Navigation system screen
operations ........................ 44
1-3. Charging
Charging equipment...........
Power sources that can
be used ............................
Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control)
procedures.......................
When normal charging
cannot be carried out .......
Inspecting the charging
cable ................................

46
50

53
88
92

1-4. Key information
Keys ................................... 94
1-5. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Smart key system .............. 96

1-6. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats .......................
Rear seats........................
Head restraints.................
Seat belts .........................
Steering wheel .................
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror .....................
Outside rear view
mirrors............................

118
121
127
131
140
141
143

1-7. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows ................ 146
1-8. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system .......... 149
Theft prevention labels..... 151
1-9. Safety information
Correct driving posture.....
SRS airbags.....................
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......
Child restraint systems.....
Installing child
restraints ........................

152
154
166
172
176
25

1-1. EV system

Characteristics of the EV (Electric Vehicle) system
The RAV4 EV is considerably different from a conventional vehicle.
Instead of using gasoline, the vehicle is driven using electricity in
the rechargeable traction battery to power the electric motor. This
technology is clean and has a low impact on the environment by not
emitting exhaust such as CO2 or NOx during operation.

The illustration is an example for explanation purposes only and
may vary from the actual vehicle.
Electric motor (traction motor)
Traction battery
Provides electricity to the electric motor and air conditioning system.

12-volt battery
Provides electricity to various vehicle functions such as the audio system, wipers, headlights and so forth.

1-1. EV system

■ Charging
The RAV4 EV is driven using electricity, received from an external power source, that is stored in the traction battery. Not only
public charging stations, but also household electrical receptacles can be used for charging. Procedures are different from
refueling a conventional vehicle. Therefore, make sure to read
the following thoroughly.

Before driving

● Charging equipment (P. 46)
● Power sources that can be used (P. 50)
● How to charge your vehicle and set the pre-climate schedule
(P. 53)
● When normal charging cannot be carried out (P. 88)
● Inspecting the charging cable (P. 92)
■ When braking (regenerative braking)
The electric motor (traction motor) charges the traction battery.
The driving range can be extended by actively using this regenerative braking to store electricity in the traction battery.

Vehicle Proximity Notification System
A sound is produced while driving to warn pedestrians, people riding
bicycles or other people and vehicles in the surrounding area that
the vehicle is approaching. The pitch of the sound adjusts according
to vehicle speed. When vehicle speed is approximately 16 mph (25
km/h) or more, the warning system turns off.

1-1. EV system

“Range map” screen
The driving area possible on the current charge level can be displayed as a reference. Charge stations in the surrounding area of the
current position can also be displayed. Press the “HOME” button, and
then touch “EV” followed by “Range Map” on the screen to display
the range map screen.

No.

Name

Function

Current position

Touch to return to the current position if the
map has been scrolled.

Range circle

Shows the driving range based on the current charge level.

Charge station

Shows the charge stations around the current position.

Zoom in button

Touch to magnify the map scale.

Zoom out button

Touch to reduce the map scale.

“Round Trip”

Touch to display the driving range for a
round trip. (Displayed when route guidance
is not being used.)

1-1. EV system

No.

Name

Function
Touch to display the driving range for a oneway trip. (Displayed when route guidance is
not being used.)

“Climate Setting”

Displays the driving range with the current
air conditioning settings and with the air
conditioning turned off.

Reachable Destination Guidance

When a destination is set, or when Home is
registered, displays an estimation of
whether the destination can be reached on
the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery.
For details refer to the “Navigation System
Owner's Manual”.

Before driving

“One Way”

For details on ions that are displayed during route guidance, refer to “Map
Screen” or “Starting Route Guidance” in the “Navigation System Owner’s
Manual”.

■ Regenerative braking
During deceleration, kinetic energy from the vehicle is stored in the traction
battery for later use. This occurs while driving in D or B position when:
● The acceleration pedal is released
● The brake pedal is applied
■ 12-volt battery recharging
The traction battery automatically recharges the 12-volt battery when the EV
system is ON or while the traction battery is being charged from an electrical
receptacle.
If the vehicle is not used for one month or more, there is a possibility the 12volt battery may discharge. If this occurs, follow the correction procedures.
(P. 470)
■ When not using the vehicle for an extended period of time
P. 81

1-1. EV system

■ Charging
Be sure you maintain the traction battery charge level for your driving needs.
If the traction battery fully discharges, the vehicle cannot be driven at all.
Even when driving, keep early charging in mind. (P. 53) If the amount of
charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low, search for a charging
station using the navigation system*.
* For details, refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual”.
■ Driving Range
Based on the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery, the air-conditioning system mode and so forth, the calculated driving range is displayed
on the meter.
Depending on driving speed, road surface conditions, method of air-conditioning use, and so forth, the actual driving distance may increase or
decrease. Keep early charging in mind.
■ Noise and vibrations specific to an electric vehicle
Because an electric vehicle does not have the engine noise or vibrations
that a conventional vehicle has, the driver may not notice that the ready indicator is illuminated and the vehicle is in a drivable condition. For safety reasons, always shift the shift position to P and apply the parking brake when
parking the vehicle.
After starting the EV system, the following noises and vibrations may occur.
These noises and/or vibrations are not signs of a malfunction. For example:
● Motor sounds coming from the motor compartment.
● Electrical relay sounds may be heard from the traction battery when the
EV system starts or stops.
● Sounds may be heard from the transmission and its surrounding area
when the EV system starts or stops.
● Sounds may be heard due to regenerative braking when you depress the
brake pedal or release the accelerator pedal.
● Motor sounds may be heard when accelerating suddenly.
● Operational and motor sounds may be heard when the brake pedal is
depressed.
● The electric cooling fans in the front of the vehicle may be heard.
● Air conditioning operation sounds may be heard.

1-1. EV system

■ If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
P. 53
■ Vehicle Proximity Notification System
In the following cases, the Vehicle Proximity Notification System sound may
be difficult for pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles in the surrounding area to hear:
● When it is raining or during strong winds
● When in the area surrounding the rear of the vehicle, rather than in front
of the vehicle
■ Maintenance, Repair and Disposal
Contact your Toyota dealer regarding maintenance, repair and disposal.
When disposing of your vehicle, traction batteries are collected through
Toyota dealers, and as such we appreciate your cooperation.

Before driving

● When there is a lot of noise in the vicinity

1-1. EV system

EV (Electric Vehicle) system precautions
Please do not attempt to disassemble or service the EV system, as it
contains high voltage (nearly 400 V), as well as parts that become
extremely hot when the EV system is operating. Obey the caution
labels attached to the vehicle.

The illustration is an example for explanation purposes only and may
vary from the actual vehicle.
Cabin coolant heater

Charging port

High voltage cables (orange)

Traction battery

Air conditioning compressor

Charger

DC/DC converter

Electric
motor)

Service plug

motor

(traction

1-1. EV system

Emergency shut off system

Warning message
A message is automatically displayed when a malfunction occurs in
the EV system or an improper operation is attempted.
If a warning message is shown
on the multi-information display,
read the message and follow the
instructions. (P. 427)

Before driving

When a certain level of impact is detected by the impact sensor, the
emergency shut off system turns off the EV system and blocks off the
high voltage current. If the emergency shut off system activates, your
vehicle will not restart. To restart the EV system, contact your Toyota
dealer.

1-1. EV system

■ If a warning light comes on, a warning message is displayed, or the 12volt battery has been disconnected
The EV system may not start. In that case, try to start the system again. If
the “READY” indicator does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Electromagnetic waves
● High voltage parts and cables on electric vehicles incorporate electromagnetic shielding, and therefore emit approximately the same amount
of electromagnetic waves as conventional gasoline powered vehicles or
home electronic appliances.
● Your vehicle may cause sound interference in some third party-produced
radio parts.
■ Traction battery (Lithium-ion battery)
The traction battery has a limited service life.
The traction battery capacity (the ability to store energy) reduces with time
and use in the same way as other rechargeable batteries. The extent at
which capacity reduces changes drastically depending on the environment
(ambient temperature, etc.) and usage conditions, such as how the vehicle
is driven and how the traction battery is charged. This is a natural characteristic of lithium-ion batteries, and is not a malfunction. In order to reduce the
possibility of the capacity decreasing, follow the directions listed on P. 80,
“Capacity reduction of the traction battery”.

1-1. EV system

CAUTION
■ High voltage precautions
The vehicle has high voltage DC and AC systems as well as a 12-volt system. DC and AC high voltage systems are very dangerous and can cause
severe burns and electric shock that may result in death or serious injury.

● The EV system will become hot after starting as the system uses high voltage. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature, and
always obey the caution labels attached to the vehicle.
● Never try to open the service plug
access hole located under the front
passenger seat. The service plug is
used only when the vehicle is serviced
and is subject to high voltage.

Before driving

● Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high voltage parts,
cables or their connectors.

1-1. EV system

CAUTION
■ Road accident cautions
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury:
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking brake while depressing
the brake pedal, shift the shift position to P and turn the EV system off.
Then gradually release the brake pedal.
● Do not touch the high voltage parts, cables or connectors.
● If electric wires are exposed inside or outside your vehicle, an electric
shock may occur. Never touch exposed electric wires.
● Do not touch the traction battery if liquid is leaking from or adhering to it.
If electrolyte (Organic Carbonate-based electrolyte) from the traction battery comes into contact with the eyes or skin, it could cause blindness or
skin wounds. In the unlikely event that it comes into contact with the eyes
or skin, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water, and seek
immediate medical attention.
● If electrolyte is leaking from the traction battery, do not approach the vehicle.
Even in the unlikely event that the traction battery is damaged, the internal
construction of the battery will prevent a large amount of electrolyte from
leaking out. However, any electrolyte that does leak out will give off acidic
fumes. These fumes are an irritant to skin and eyes and could cause acute
poisoning if inhaled.
● Do not bring burning or high-temperature items close to the electrolyte.
The electrolyte may ignite and cause a fire.
● If a fire occurs in the electric vehicle, leave the vehicle as soon as possible. Never use a fire extinguisher that is not meant for electrical fires.
Using even a small amount of water may be dangerous.
● If your vehicle needs to be towed, do so with the front wheels raised. If the
wheels connected to the electric motor (traction motor) are on the ground
when towing, the motor may continue to generate electricity. This may
cause an electricity leakage leading to a fire. (P. 413)

1-1. EV system

CAUTION
● Carefully check to see if there are exposed high voltage parts or cables.
Never touch the parts or cables. (P. 32)

■ Traction battery (lithium-ion battery) replacement and disposal
Do not replace, dispose of, modify, or reuse the traction battery and do not
use it for anything other than its intended use. Contact your Toyota dealer for
replacement or disposal.
If the traction battery is replaced, disposed of, modified or reused in an
improper way, or if the traction battery is used in a way it is not intended for,
there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in death or
serious injury.
Also, improper handling of the traction battery can lead to environmental
hazards.
■ Caution while driving
The RAV4 EV does not make the sounds that a gasoline vehicle makes. As
such, pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles in the
surrounding area may not be aware of the vehicle starting off or approaching
them, so take extra care while driving.

Before driving

● Carefully inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that liquid (other
than water from the air conditioning) has leaked onto the ground, the traction battery may have been damaged. Leave the vehicle as soon as possible.

1-1. EV system

Energy monitor/consumption screen
You can view the status of your EV system on the navigation system.

Trip Information screen/Past record screen

STEP 1

Press the HOME button.

STEP 2

Touch “EV” on the “Main Menu”
screen.

STEP 3

Touch “Energy Monitor” on the
“EV” screen.

1-1. EV system

■ Trip information screen
Power consumption in the
past 15 minutes
Displays the average vehicle
speed since the EV system
was started.

Regenerated energy in the
past 15 minutes
One symbol indicates 50 Wh.
Up to 5 symbols are shown.
Displays an estimated cruising
range
Reset the power consumption
and the regenerated energy
for the past 15 minutes.
Selecting “Yes” on the following screen will confirm resetting of all the data.
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.

Before driving

Displays the elapsed time
since the EV system was
started.

1-1. EV system

■ Past record screen
Best past power consumption
Update
The average power consumption
and graph are updated, and a
new average power consumption
record begins.

Average power consumption
Displays a maximum of five past
records of the average power
consumption.

Reset the past records and
best past power consumption.
Selecting “Yes” on the following
screen will confirm resetting of all
the data.
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.

1-1. EV system

EV (Electric Vehicle) driving tips
Observe the following to reduce traction battery consumption and
increase driving range.

■ Driving in normal mode:
1

Normal mode (when compared with sport mode) allows the most efficient driving. (P. 208)

Before driving

■ Route selection
In addition to a driving style of repeated acceleration and deceleration,
driving on routes that have steep inclines and long waits at traffic lights
will lead to poor power consumption. Check traffic reports before leaving, avoid delays and drive on flat roads as much as possible. When
encountering a delay, gently release the brake pedal to allow the vehicle to move forward slightly while avoiding overuse of the accelerator
pedal. Doing so can help control excessive energy consumption.

■ Use of EV System Indicator
Keeping the EV System Indicator needle within ECO area can help
improve Eco-friendly driving. (P. 221)

■ When braking the vehicle
Make sure to operate the brakes gently and in good time. A greater
amount of electrical energy can be retained when slowing down.

■ Highway driving
Control your speed, keep at a constant speed and obey speed limits.
Also, before stopping at a toll booth or similar, allow plenty of time to
release the accelerator and slowly stop the vehicle using regenerative
braking and the brake pedal. A greater amount of electrical energy can
be retained while slowing down.

1-1. EV system

■ Air conditioning system
Use the air conditioning only when necessary. Doing so can help control excessive energy consumption. Even when the air conditioning is
on, driving range can be extended by setting it to “ECO LO” or “ECO
HI”, or by turning the A/C off. (P. 276) If pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control) is operated before departure when the vehicle is plugged in,
depending on air-conditioning specifications, traction battery power
consumption can be reduced. (P. 53)
Additionally, keep in mind the following during heavy air conditioning
use in summer and winter.
In summer: In high temperatures, use the recirculated mode. Doing so
can help control excessive power consumption.
In winter: By combining use with the seat heater, the set temperature
for the heater can be reduced. This can increase power efficiency.

■ Checking tire inflation pressure
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure frequently. Improper tire
inflation pressure can cause poor power consumption.
Also, as snow tires can cause large amounts of friction, their use on dry
roads can lead to poor power consumption. Use a tire that is appropriate for the season.

■ Luggage
Carrying luggage can lead to poor power consumption. Avoid carrying
unnecessary luggage. Installing a roof rack can also cause poor power
consumption.

1-1. EV system

■ Pre-driving warm-up
When the charging schedule is set
According to departure time, traction battery warm-up is performed
automatically. Therefore, the vehicle can be driven immediately.
(P. 203)

Before driving

When the charging schedule is not set
If the traction battery’s available power becomes too low (due to temperature or charge level), a warning message will be shown on the
multi-information display. Until battery warm-up is completed, the EV
system may not be able to be started or power output may be limited
while driving. Follow the correction procedures. (P. 427)

■ Sport mode
When sport mode is selected, acceleration performance is maximized, and
maximum speed is increased but vehicle efficiency and driving range may
be reduced. (P. 208)
Every time the vehicle is turned on, normal mode will automatically be
selected. If sport mode is desired, it must be selected manually.

1-2. Navigation system screen operations

Navigation system screen operations
Operations are performed by touching the navigation system screen
directly with your finger.

■ Main operations
Operation method

Outline

Main use

Touch
Quickly touch
and release
once.

Changing and
selecting various
settings.

Double tap*
Quickly touch
and release
twice.

Changing the map
scale.

Drag*
Touch the screen
with your finger,
and move the
screen to the
desired position.

Moving around the
map, adjusting
audio volume, etc.

Flick*
Quickly move the
screen left or
right by flicking
with your finger.

Moving around the
map, skipping to
the next page of a
list, etc.

*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.

1-2. Navigation system screen operations

■ Navigation system screen operations
In the following conditions, operations may not be performed despite touching the screen. Also, take care because they may cause incorrect operations.

● When wearing gloves
● When operations are performed while foreign matter is stuck to the
screen
● When operations are performed using 2 fingers or more
● When operations are performed with a wet finger

NOTICE
■ When using the navigation system screen
The screen is designed to be touched softly. Do not press the screen with
sharp objects such as fingernails, the ends of ballpoint pens and pins. Doing
so may damage the screen.

Before driving

● When operations are performed with your fingernails

1-3. Charging

Charging equipment
This vehicle is charged by connecting to an external power source.

■ Charging equipment

Charging cable

Charging port

Charging port door

Charging indicator

Charging port cap

1-3. Charging

■ The names of each part of the charging cable

Before driving

Charging connector

Power indicator

Latch release button

Error warning indicator

CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)

Test button
Reset button

Plug*
*: The shape of the plug differs in accordance with the voltage and
the target region.

1-3. Charging

Safety functions
The CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) has the following
safety features.
■ Electrical leakage detection function
If an electrical leakage is detected during charging, the power
source will be automatically interrupted, thus preventing fires or
electrical shocks caused by electrical leakage.
If the power source is interrupted, the error warning indicator will illuminate.
If the power source is interrupted: P. 91

■ Electrical leakage test function
The electrical leakage detection function can be tested prior to
charging to confirm that it is operating correctly.
When the test button is pressed while the plug is connected to an external power source, the error warning indicator should illuminate. (P. 59)

■ Conditions for supplying current to the vehicle
The CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) is designed to
prevent electrical current from being supplied to the charging connector when it is not connected to the vehicle, even if the plug is
inserted into an electrical receptacle.
■ Charging method
● The charging cable included with the vehicle is designed to be connected
only to an AC 120 V power source.
● Toyota strongly recommends that the vehicle be charged using a 240 V
charging station that is compliant with SAE J1772. This offers a faster
charge time than 120 V (level 1) charging. If you would like more information on obtaining 240 V (level 2) charging in your home, please consult the
Toyota dealer from whom you purchased your RAV4 EV, any other dealership authorized to sell the RAV4 EV or visit http://toyota.leviton.com/. For
more information regarding public charging stations, please refer to the
“Navigation System Owner's Manual” regarding Charging Station POI or
Apps.
48

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
■ When using the charging cable and CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)

● Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the charging cable, charging connector, plug or CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device). If a problem
arises with the charging cable or the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting
Device), stop charging immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not subject the charging cable, charging connector, plug or CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) to strong force or impact.
● Do not forcefully fold the charging cable or damage the charging cable
with sharp objects.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the charging connector or plug.
● Do hold the body of the charging connector or plug when removing or
inserting.
● Remove the charging connector from vehicle’s charging port FIRST,
before removing the plug from the electrical receptacle.
● Avoid exposure of plug to water or moisture.
● Do not attempt to modify the charging cable, charging connector, plug or
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).

Before driving

Observe the following precautions.
If you do not follow them, fire, electrical shock or damage may occur, possibly resulting in death or serious injury

1-3. Charging

Power sources that can be used
A charging solution that fulfills the following criteria is necessary for
charging this vehicle. Confirm that the criteria is met before charging.

■ Power sources
● Connect the charging plug cable to an AC 120 V electrical
receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 5-20R) with a GroundFault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) and with an over current circuit breaker in the service panel.
● Toyota recommends use of a dedicated receptacle with a single socket. If the receptacle has two sockets, do not plug any
other items into the other socket.
● This vehicle is expected to charge at public charging stations
that are compliant with SAE J1772. The navigation system
can show you a list of nearby public charging stations. Please
refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual” regarding
Charging Station POI or Apps for more information.
● When charging outdoors, make sure to connect to a raintight
electrical receptacle type that is appropriate for outdoor use.
■ Electrical receptacles that can be connected
NEMA 5-15R
receptacle

electrical

NEMA 5-20R
receptacle

electrical

The illustration is an example
shown for demonstration purposes, and may differ from the
actual configuration.

1-3. Charging

■ The charging environment
For safer charging, the following charging equipment and settings are recommended.

● Dedicated circuit
• To reduce the risk of fire, connect only to a circuit provided with 15A or
20A maximum branch circuit over-current protection in accordance
with the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
• To reduce the risk of electric shock when working with the plug, connect to an electrical receptacle with a Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter
(GFCI) or that has an Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker installed.
■ Using a DC charger
DC charging equipment cannot be used with this vehicle.

CAUTION
■ Electrical Malfunctions
When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the precautions included
in this manual.
Failure to do so or using a power source that does not meet the necessary
conditions can cause a fire, from electrical leakage or overheating, or electric shock that may result in death or serious injury.

Before driving

● Weatherproof electrical receptacle
When charging outside using the Toyota-provided charging cable, connect to an appropriate outdoor receptacle with a “while-in-use” cover.

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
■ Power sources precautions
Observe the following precautions.
If you do not follow them, fire, electrical shock or damage may occur, possibly resulting in death or serious injury.
● Connect to an AC 120 V electrical receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 520R) with a Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) and with an over current circuit breaker in a service panel.
● Do not connect the charging cable to a
multi-outlet adapter, multi-plugs, or conversion plug.

● Do not connect the charging cable to an
extension cable. The cable may overheat and does not contain a GroundFault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI).

● Do not connect to a power strip.

● Do not perform charging with a damaged electrical receptacle.

1-3. Charging

Charging and pre-climate (Remote Climate Control) procedures
On the RAV4 EV, setting the charge and pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control) schedule is performed on the navigation system's screen. A
variety of settings are available including charging and pre-climate
operations according to departure time. After thoroughly reading the
following instructions, make sure to correctly follow the procedures
when charging your vehicle.

Before driving

■ Charging and pre-climate (Remote Climate Control)
Depending on the settings of the following functions, this vehicle
does not start charging by simply just plugging in the charging
cable.
Set any of the following functions before or after charging.
System

Details
Charge immediately function
Regardless of the charging schedule settings,
starts charging immediately. (P. 64)
However, when this function is used, pre-climate schedule operations cannot be performed simultaneously.

Charging

Scheduled charging function
The time when charging is to be completed by
can be set for each day of the week. (P. 66)
Even when the schedule is set, the charge
immediately function can be selected if the EV
system is off. (P. 64)
After the immediate charge is complete, the
schedule will be returned to.
If the schedule is not set for any days of the
week, the charge immediately function will be
automatically selected.

1-3. Charging

System

Pre-climate
(Remote Climate
Control)*

Details
The time when pre-climate operations are to be
completed by can be set for each day of the
week.
Cabin temperature is adjusted before departure by performing climate control operations,
thereby reducing traction battery consumption
after departure. If these operations are performed while the vehicle is plugged in, the
traction battery's power consumption is
reduced, increasing driving range. (P. 66)
If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery is 50% or less at the time pre-climate operations begin, pre-climate operations
will not be performed in order to preserve driving range.

*: By using a smart phone, pre-climate operations and so forth can
be performed from a distant location. (P. 58)
■ Important things to check before charging and pre-climate
operations (Remote Climate Control)
Before charging and pre-climate operations, always check that:
● The parking brake is securely set (P. 216)
● The shift position is in P (P. 206)
● All windows and doors are closed
● The motor compartment hood is securely closed
If the hood is open the electric cooling fans will not operate, raising
the temperature of the charger and traction battery. This may
increase charging time or cause charging to be aborted.

● All lights are turned off (For example, the headlights, emergency flashers, interior lights, etc.)
If any lights are turned on, then these features will consume electricity, and charging time will increase.
54

1-3. Charging

■ Items to be regularly inspected
P. 92
■ By My Departure Schedule Setting

Before driving

When the EV system is turned off, the screen changes to the
charging and pre-climate settings screen. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.

The actual screen may vary slightly, depending on settings.

1-3. Charging

Function

Details

Charge start

Displays the time that charging
started (if charging is in progress or
complete) or will start (if charging
schedule is set).

Battery charge amount

Displays the current amount of
charge remaining in the traction battery.

Charge complete schedule

Displays the schedule when charging
will be completed according to voltage.

Charge immediately button

Sets the immediate charge function
on/off.

Next departure schedule

Displays the currently set next departure schedule and charge/pre-climate settings.

Departure schedule Edit
button

Edits and sets the next departure
schedule and charge/pre-climate
schedule.

Extended charge mode
setting button

Sets extended charge mode on/off.

1-3. Charging

■ Charge and Pre-Climate Schedule Setting Screen

Before driving

The actual screen may vary slightly, depending on settings.
Function

Details

Set departure time dial

Set the desired time and day by flicking up or down.

Charge Only Button

To finish charging before the set
departure time.

Pre-Climate Only Button

To finish pre-climate operations
before the set departure time.

Charge and Pre-Climate
Button

To finish both charging and pre-climate operations before the set
departure time.

Add/Edit/Delete Button

To add, edit or delete items in the
schedule that were set using screen
buttons
to .

1-3. Charging

■ Charge mode
The RAV4 EV has the following 2 charge modes.
After understanding the characteristics of each mode, select the
appropriate mode according to usage instructions.
Charge
mode

Charge
amount*

Details

Normal
charge
mode

Approximately
80%

A mode that combines maximizing vehicle
performance and traction battery life.
Toyota recommends charging using this
mode whenever long distance driving is
not necessary.

Extended
charge
mode
(P. 72)

Approximately
100%

A mode that maximizes driving range on a
single charge. Continued use of this mode
may contribute to the reduction of the traction battery capacity over the vehicle life.

*: This value is only a reference value, for a traction battery without
any capacity deterioration. Depending on conditions such as airconditioning system usage, road conditions, years of usage and
so forth, the value may increase or decrease.
■ Linked smart phone function
For drivers who own a smart phone and have an active Entune
subscription, several features are available to remotely interact
with your vehicle.
For details, please refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ or call
1-800-331-4331

1-3. Charging

Plugging in the charging cable
STEP 1

Prepare the charging cable

STEP 2

Insert the charging cable’s plug
into the electrical receptacle of
the external power source.

Check that the power indicator of
the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) is illuminated. (If it
does not illuminate, refer to the
text on page 88.)
To reduce the burden on the electrical receptacle and charging
cable plug, Toyota recommends
hanging the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) on a
hook or similar.
When charging outdoors, make
sure to use a “while-in-use” cover
as shown in the illustration.
*: “While-in-use” cover.

Before driving

Make sure that the standards of
the electrical receptacle and
charging cable's plug match.
(P. 50)

1-3. Charging

STEP 3

Press the test button on the
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) to check that the
electrical leakage detection function operates properly.
If the error warning indicator illuminates when the test button is
pressed, the function is operating
correctly.
After the test has been completed, press the reset button to
turn off the error warning indicator. Charging cannot be carried
out while the error warning indicator is illuminated.
If the error warning indicator does
not come on even if the test button is pressed, it is likely that the
function is not operating correctly.
Stop charging immediately and
contact your Toyota dealer.

STEP 4

Pull up the charging port door
lever.

1-3. Charging

STEP 5

Unlock the charging port cap by
moving the lock.

Remove the charging connector
cap.
Affix the cap to the cable.

Before driving

STEP 6

1-3. Charging

STEP 7

Confirm the charging cable connector’s direction and insert it
into the charging port.
When inserting the connector,
insert it without pressing the latch
release button.
Align with the guide position
shown on the underside of the
charging connector with the
charging port, and push it in
straight and firmly until a click is
heard. Then, confirm that the connector is securely locked.
When plugging in has been completed correctly, the plug-in indicator on the meter comes on in
green. If there has been a problem with plugging in, the plug-in
indicator comes on in yellow.
(P. 419)
If the schedule is not set for any
days of the week or the charge
immediately function is selected,
charging will begin by simply
plugging in the charging cable.
If the EV system is on when the
vehicle is plugged in, the READY
indicator will automatically turn off
and a message will be shown on
the multi-information display.
(P. 443)

1-3. Charging

STEP 8

Light A

Light B

The charging indicator consists of 2 lights that display charging status
by illuminating, flashing and turning off as follows.
Charging Status

The charging cable is connected to the vehicle and the
charging and/or pre-climate
schedule is set

Charging Indicator
Light A

Light B

Lights A and B flash on and off alternatively for 10 minutes.
(After 10 min. both lights remain off
until charging starts)

Charge level is less than 49%

Flashes

Off

Charge level is between 50%
and less than 99%

Illuminates

Flashes

Charging is complete

Both lights A and B illuminate for 10
minutes. (After 10 min. both lights
turn off)

Malfunction occurred during
charging

Both lights A and B quickly flash
simultaneously for 10 seconds.
(After 10 sec. both lights turn off)

The indicator lights will not flash or turn on when the charging cable is
not connected properly.
During charging, current charging status and the estimated time until
charging will be completed can be confirmed on the multi-information display or navigation display. (P. 74)
The error warning indicator of the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting
Device) has illuminated during charging: P. 88
63

Before driving

Check the status of the charging indicator.

1-3. Charging

Charging immediately
■ Charging using the Charge Immediately function
STEP 1 Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.

When the charging schedule is not set or charging immediately
has been set while the EV system was on.
When this screen is displayed,
STEP 2
proceed to step 3.

To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
When the charging schedule is set.
Touch “Charge Immediately”.
STEP 2
After operations have been completed, the “Charge Immediately”
screen button indicator illuminates.
This mode is a one time immediate charge. Once the charge is
complete, the schedule will be
returned to.

To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
To set the schedule to charge the vehicle and/or to use the preclimate: P. 66
STEP 3

Plug in the charging cable. (P. 59)
Charging will start.

1-3. Charging

■ Setting charge mode to charge immediately in advance
STEP 1

Touch “EV”.

Touch “Charging & Pre-Climate
Setup”.
Touch
or flick the screen
to the right to display the
“Charge Immediately on Plug-in”
screen.
If schedule is not set:
This step is skipped.

STEP 3

Touch “Save”.
If “Save” is not touched, the
changes will not be reflected in
the charging schedule.

Before driving

STEP 2

1-3. Charging

A screen advising that charge
mode has been changed to
immediate charge is displayed.
The EV screen is returned to
after a few seconds.

STEP 4

STEP 5

Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed for approximately 30
seconds.

To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
STEP 6

Plug in the charging cable (P. 59)
Charging will start.
The estimated time charging will be completed in is displayed if an
immediate charge is performed.

Start charging according to departure time and the set preclimate completion time
■ Setting the charging and pre-climate schedule in advance
STEP 1

Touch “EV”.

1-3. Charging

STEP 2

Touch “Charging & Pre-Climate
Setup”.
Touch
or flick the screen
to the left to display the “By My
Departure Schedule” screen.

Before driving

If schedule is set:
This step is skipped.

STEP 3

Touch “Schedule Setup”.

STEP 4

Touch the desired day to be set.

1-3. Charging

STEP 5

Flick the schedule to the desired
time for charging and/or pre-climate to be completed. Touch the
action to be completed by the set
time.
Charge only schedule setting
Pre-climate only schedule setting
Charging and
schedule setting

pre-climate

Up to 3 actions can be set for a
single day by touching “Add”.
To delete the set action, touch
“Delete”.
Two actions cannot be set to the
same time.
STEP 6

After settings have been completed, touch

twice to

return to the “By My Departure
Schedule”.

1-3. Charging

STEP 7

Touch “Save”.
If “Save” is not touched, the
changes will not be reflected in
the charging schedule.
1

STEP 8

If “Keep My Schedule” is
touched, setting the charging
schedule will be completed and
the display will return to the EV
screen.
Touch “Return to Schedule
Setup” to set the charging
schedule for additional days.

When the charging schedule is set for each day of the week.
STEP 8

A screen advising settings have
been completed is displayed.
The display will return to the EV
screen after a few seconds.

Before driving

When the charging schedule is only set for some days of the
week.

1-3. Charging

■ Adjusting the charge schedule's next departure after the
schedule has been set (One time departure)
In order to use this function, it is necessary to set the schedule
beforehand. (P. 66)
STEP 1

Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.

STEP 2

Touch “Edit”.

STEP 3

Touch “Yes”.

1-3. Charging

Flick the schedule to the desired
day and time for charging and/or
pre-climate to be completed.
Touch the action to be completed
by the set day and time.

STEP 4

Pre-climate only schedule setting
Charging and
schedule setting

pre-climate

Touch “Save” to start the selected
action.
To cancel, touch
STEP 5

The set schedule will be displayed.
To change the set action or schedule, return to step 2.

To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
To charge immediately: P. 64
STEP 6

Plug in the charging cable. (P. 59)

Before driving

Charge only schedule setting

1-3. Charging

Changing to normal/extended charge mode
STEP 1

Turn the EV system off.
The screen will change to the charging schedule screen. The screen
will turn off after approximately 30 seconds if no operations are performed. Depending on “Charging & Pre-Climate Setup” settings, the
displayed screen will differ.
When the vehicle is in extended charge mode, an extended charge
reminder is displayed on the screen for a few seconds.

Touch “Extended Charge”.

STEP 2

The current charge mode can be
confirmed by checking the indicator on the “Extended Charge”.
Illuminated:
Extended charge mode
Indicator

Not illuminated:
Normal charge mode

To normal charge mode
STEP 3

The indicator will turn off, showing that the vehicle is in normal
charge mode.

To extended charge mode
STEP 3

Touch “Yes” if it is desired to
change to extended charge
mode after reading the contents
of the confirmation screen.
If “No” is touched, or there are no
operations for a few seconds, the
previous screen will be returned
to.

STEP 4

When settings are completed, the indicator illuminates.

1-3. Charging

Unplugging the charging cable
STEP 1

Pull the charging connector
towards you while pressing the
latch release button.

STEP 2

Attach the charging connector
cap.

STEP 3

Close the charging port cap, and
then close the charging port
door.
Firmly push the charging port cap
and charging port door, and
check that they are securely
locked.

Before driving

If the charging connector is disconnected during charging (while
the charging indicator indicates
the vehicle is being charged),
charging will be interrupted.

1-3. Charging

STEP 4

Remove the plug from the electrical receptacle when the charging equipment will not be used
for a prolonged period of time.
Hold the body of the plug when
removing.
Make sure to put the cable away
immediately after disconnecting.
(P. 87)
When leaving the plug inserted,
inspect the plug and connector
once a month to check if dirt or
dust has accumulated.

Contents shown on the multi-information display
A variety of information regarding charging is shown on the multiinformation display.
■ Results of Charging and Pre-climate Display
When charging/pre-climate operations are being performed or after
they have finished, the following information is displayed according
to vehicle conditions when the driver’s door is opened for approximately 30 seconds or until the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode.

1-3. Charging

Name

Details
Displays if plug is currently plugged
in or not.

Current charging status

Displays current charging status.

Estimated charging time

Displays both 120 V and 240 V estimated charging times.
When the plug is plugged in, only the
voltage of the connected receptacle
is displayed.

Pre-climate result

Displays result of pre-climate operations (if they were completed or interrupted and so forth).

Departure time*

Displays scheduled departure time
pre-climate operations were performed for.

Before driving

Plug connection information

*: If pre-climate operations are performed using a smart phone, this will not
be displayed even if the driver’s door is opened. (P. 58)

In the following conditions, only the plug connection information will
be displayed:
● When the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode after charging/
pre-climate operations.
● When the charging/pre-climate schedule is not set.
If pre-climate operations are performed using a smart phone, pre-climate
result will be displayed. (P. 58)
Setting and changing the schedule (P. 66)

1-3. Charging

■ Charging information and warning messages
The first time the “POWER”
switch is turned to ON mode
after charging is completed, a
message detailing the results of
the charge is shown. Also, if an
operation that cannot be carried
out
during
charging
was
attempted, a warning message
will be shown.
Comply with the instructions in
the message and perform any
necessary operations. (P. 443)

Confirming current charge settings
The amount of charge remaining in the traction battery and charging/
pre-climate schedule settings can be confirmed.

STEP 1

Touch “EV”.

STEP 2

Touch “Charge Summary”.

1-3. Charging

When the charging schedule is not set or charging immediately
has been set while the EV system was on.
STEP 3

Confirm that charge immediately
mode is set.
1

Before driving

When the charging schedule is set.
STEP 3

Confirm the next charging/preclimate schedule.
If it is desirable to charge before
the next scheduled charge, use
one time departure.
Touch “Edit”.

STEP 4

Touch “Yes”.
Changing the charging schedule.
For details on changing the
charging schedule, refer to Step 2
of one time departure. (P. 70)

1-3. Charging

■ When leaving the vehicle
To prevent vehicle theft and to increase the efficiency of pre-climate operation, check that all windows are closed.
■ Amount of time required for charging
The amount of time required to fully charge the traction battery varies
according to a number of factors, such as the amount of charge remaining in
the traction battery, the power source being used, the charge settings, ambient temperature, battery temperature and so forth.
Only use the following times as a guide to estimate charging time. The estimated times are to fully charge a completely discharged battery in normal
charge mode or extended charge mode.
Charge specification
(Amps/Voltage)

Charging time*1 (hours)
Normal charge mode

Extended charge
mode

40 A/240 V

30 A/240 V

6.5

16 A/240 V
12 A/120 V*

*1: Charging time will vary with ambient temperature.
*2: Toyota supplied charging cable at time of purchase
Because a 240 V power source charges more quickly than a 120 V power
source, Toyota recommends charging at 240 V.
■ Automatic OFF function when the charging cable is connected
If the charging cable is connected while the EV system is on, the EV system
is automatically turned off.
■ Default charge mode setting
The factory default setting is normal charge mode.
■ Charge mode setting
The charge mode will remain in the last charge mode selected for the next
time charging is performed.

1-3. Charging

■ During charging
● The surface of the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) may
become hot, but this does not indicate a malfunction.
● Depending on radio wave conditions, interference may be heard on the
radio.

■ If charging has been interrupted

■ Charging time may increase
In the following situations, charging time may become longer than normal:
● In very hot or very cold temperatures.
● The vehicle is consuming a lot of electricity, for example, when pre-climate is used.
● There is a power outage during charging.
● There is an interruption in the electrical supply.
● There is a drop in the voltage of your panel’s AC supply.
● The charge in the 12-volt battery is low, for example due to the vehicle
being left unused for a long period of time.

Before driving

If charging is interrupted before the traction battery is fully charged (before
both charging indicator lights illuminate), the EV system cannot be started
and the shift position cannot be shifted from P for approximately 6 seconds.
Start the EV system after 6 seconds have elapsed.

1-3. Charging

■ Capacity reduction of the traction battery
The capacity of the traction battery will decline gradually with normal use
over the life of the vehicle. The rate at which it declines is dependant on a
number of factors, including environmental conditions and the way the vehicle is used. By observing the following precautions, battery capacity decline
can be suppressed.
● Avoid parking the vehicle for prolonged periods in areas with a high temperature under direct sunlight when the traction battery is fully charged.
When storing the vehicle for prolonged periods, it is recommended to
park the vehicle in a shaded area or a cool garage. This helps minimize
traction battery capacity decline.
● When not driving long distances, it is recommended to charge using normal charge mode to help minimize traction battery capacity decline.
(P. 58, 72)
● Regular use of the scheduled charging function helps mitigate battery
capacity decline by avoiding storage at high SOC.

1-3. Charging

■ When not using the vehicle for an extended period of time
In order to preserve the traction battery, Toyota recommends plugging in the
vehicle whenever it is not in use.

■ If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
while driving
The driving power restriction output control warning light illuminates and
driving range is extended by automatically restricting driving power and air
conditioning system operations. Using the navigation system, promptly
search for the closest charging station and charge the vehicle. If the traction
battery fully discharges, driving will not be possible.
For information on how to search for a charging station, refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual”.
■ Charging schedule confirmation display after switching the EV system
off
The current charging schedule will be displayed for a while after the EV system is turned off. To change the charging schedule, set the schedule using
the navigation system’s screen. (P. 64, 70)
■ If the charging port door is frozen
P. 268

Before driving

Pre-climate operations will occur while the amount of charge remaining in
the traction battery is more than 50% at the time pre-climate operations
begin. If the schedule is left set, pre-climate operations will continue to function up to the maximum of 15 minutes even if the vehicle is not used for
extended periods of time. Because this uses energy from the traction battery, temporarily suspend the pre-climate schedule (smart phone exclusive
setting P. 58) or delete the pre-climate schedule, if the vehicle is not being
regularly used.
When using navigation screen operations, only canceling the schedule is
available. Because the schedule will need to be set once again when it is
used next time, Toyota recommends using a smart phone and temporarily
suspending the schedule.

1-3. Charging

■ Pre-climate operations automatic shut-off
Pre-climate will automatically shut off under the following conditions:
● After about 15 minutes have passed since operations began
● If any one of the operating conditions are not met
● If there is only a slight difference between the air conditioning set temperature and the inside temperature.
● When a door is opened.
■ While pre-climate is operating
● The effectiveness of the pre-climate operations may differ according to
outside temperature. Pre-climate operations may be unable to reach the
set temperature during very cold or very hot weather.
● Sometimes during normal operation of the pre-climate schedule, the
electric fan may spin and an operating noise may be heard. However,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Safety functions
● For safety purposes, the EV system cannot be started while the charging
cable is connected to the vehicle, even if the “POWER” switch is operated. (P. 443)
● If the charging cable is connected while the “READY” indicator light is
illuminated, the EV system will stop automatically and driving will not be
possible. (P. 443)
● When the charging cable is connected to the vehicle, the shift position
cannot be shifted out of P.
● For safety reasons, even if the charging cable is connected, charging will
not start while the latch release button is being pressed.
However, if the latch release button is pressed and held for a few seconds or
more while charging, charging will be canceled. To recommence charging,
reinsert the charging cable.

1-3. Charging

■ If charging has not been carried out in a long time
The charging port cap's lever may get stuck and not open automatically
even if the knob is moved. If this occurs, push aside the release button and
open the cap by hand.
1

■ When the outside temperature is low or high

■ Charging in extremely cold temperatures
If the vehicle is parked in ambient temperatures below freezing, 240 V
charging is recommended.
If only a 120 V outlet is available, the following will improve your charge process:
● Charge at mid-day (when it is warmest)
● Protect the vehicle from wind during charging.
If the vehicle is still too cold to charge, please contact your Toyota dealership
or tow it to a warmer charging location.
■ Handling the traction battery
P. 22

Before driving

The level shown on the SOC gauge (P. 218) may drop slightly when the
“POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, even if charging has been completed and the traction battery is fully charged. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
■ Caution while charging
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers or cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers should keep away from the charging equipment and/or
charging cables while the vehicle is charging.
Charging may affect the operation of such devices.
■ When charging
● When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the following precautions. Failure to do so can cause a fire or electric shock that may result in
death or serious injury.
• Check that the electrical receptacle, charging cable and charging port
do not have any damage.
• Check that charging cable plug's prongs are not bent.
• Check that the charging cable plug prongs are not dirty from dust and
so forth.
• Insert the charging cable plug all the way into the electrical receptacle.
• Do not use an electrical receptacle that leaves the charging cable plug
unstable after being inserted, such as an electrical receptacle that is in
an extremely high location.
• Do not perform charging with the charging cable bundled or coiled.
• Check that the charging cable is not bent or underneath any heavy
objects.
• Use a hook or mounting bracket to support the charging cable, so that
it is not supported by the AC 120 V electrical receptacle.
• Use a dedicated AC 120 V electrical receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or
NEMA 5-20R).

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
● When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the following precautions. Failure to do so can cause an electric shock that may result in death
or serious injury.

Before driving

• Check that the electrical receptacle, charging cable and charging port
do not have any areas that are damaged.
• Check that there is no snow or ice in the charging port
• Check that no water has built up in the charging port
• Do not plug in or unplug the charging cable plug with wet hands. Also,
do not get the charging cable plug or electrical receptacle wet.
• Do not touch the charging connector's end terminals or short them with
foreign objects.
• When the charging cable is not in use, store it in a location free from
moisture.
• Do not pull, twist or bend the charging cable.
• Do not touch the charging port’s end terminals with sharp metallic
objects, such as wire, needles, and so forth.
• When charging outdoors, make sure to connect to an appropriate outdoor receptacle with a “While-in-use” cover.
Also, if rain falls during charging, take care that rainwater does not run
along the length of cable and wet the electrical receptacle.
• If the electrical receptacle is submerged in water or covered in snow,
do not insert the charging cable’s plug. If, in this situation, the charging
cable plug is already plugged in and needs to be unplugged, first turn
off the breaker and then unplug the charging cable plug.
• To stop vehicle charging or if charging has been interrupted, disconnect the charging connector from the vehicle first, before unplugging
the charging cable plug form the receptacle.
• Do not charge the vehicle during weather that may produce lightning.
• If you hear thunder while charging the vehicle, turn the breaker off without touching the vehicle or charging cable.

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
■ Precautions for the pre-climate
Do not use pre-climate if people are in the vehicle.
Even when pre-climate is used, the temperature inside the vehicle may
become very high or very low due to features such as the automatic shut-off.
Do not leave children and/or pets inside the vehicle.
● When in the sun, the temperature inside a vehicle with all its windows
closed may rise rapidly, possibly causing heat stroke or dehydration.
● When in cold weather, the temperature inside the vehicle may drop rapidly,
possibly causing hypothermia.
Both of the above cases can lead to a serious health hazard or even death.
■ Handling the traction battery
No part of the traction battery can be repaired by you or a non-Toyota technician. Never open the traction battery or perform any modifications to it. If you
find a malfunction with the battery, always contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the error warning indicator on the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) stays on during charging
Press the reset button on the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)
(P. 91). If the error warning indicator does not turn off even when the reset
button is pressed, an electrical leakage may be occurring in the path to the
power source, or there may be a problem with the charging cable or the
charging system. In this event, stop charging immediately, remove the
charging cable and contact your Toyota dealer. An accident may occur or
damage may be inflicted if charging continues.
■ When the charging cable is connected to the vehicle
Do not operate the shift lever.
In the unlikely event that the charging cable has been damaged, the shift
position may change from P to another position and the vehicle could move,
possibly leading to an accident.

1-3. Charging

NOTICE
■ After charging

● Promptly unplug the charging cable plug from the electrical receptacle and
store the charging cable in a dry, clean place. The charging cable may be
damaged if stepped on.
■ Using private power generators
Do not use private power generators as a power source for charging.
Doing so may make charging unsafe.
■ Usable temperature range
● Do not charge if the outside temperature is below -22 °F (-30 °C), as it is
likely that charging will take longer, and equipment related to charging may
be damaged.
● Do not leave the vehicle or the charging cable in areas where the outside
temperature is lower than -40 °F (-40 °C). The vehicle or charging cable
may be damaged.

Before driving

● After disconnecting the charging connector from the charging port, always
make sure to firmly lock the charging port cap by closing it until a click is
heard, and close the charging port door.
If the charging port cap or door is left open, water or foreign objects may
enter the charging port, which could lead to vehicle damage.

1-3. Charging

When normal charging cannot be carried out
If charging does not commence even though the correct procedure
has been carried out, and an error message is shown on the multiinformation display, try the correction procedures listed in the table
below.
If you still cannot correct the problem, contact your Toyota dealer.

A problem has occurred during charging
Refer to the following table and carry out the appropriate correction
procedure.
Situation

The power indicator on
the CCID (Charging
Circuit Interrupting
Device) does not illuminate even when connected to a power
source

Reason

Correction procedure

The plug is not properly
connected to the electrical receptacle.

Insert the plug firmly
into the electrical
receptacle.

There is a power outage.

Restart charging once
power has been
restored.

The circuit breaker has
activated.

Check the circuit
breaker. If there is
nothing unusual, connect to another electrical receptacle and
check that charging is
possible.
If charging is possible,
there is likely a problem with the first electrical receptacle.
Contact your building
manager or an electrician.

1-3. Charging

Situation

Reason

Correction procedure

The power indicator on
the CCID (Charging
Circuit Interrupting
Device) does not illuminate even when connected to a power
source

The charging cable
connecting the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) to the
plug is damaged.

Stop charging immediately and contact your
Toyota dealer.

The error warning indicator on the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) illuminates

The electrical leakage
detection function or
the self-test function
has operated and the
power supply has been
interrupted.

Reset the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
(P. 91)

The latch release button is being pressed.

For safety purposes,
charging will be interrupted when the latch
release button is
pressed. (P. 82)
When connecting the
charging connector to
the vehicle, insert it into
the charging port without pressing the latch
release button.

The charging connector is not properly connected to the charging
port.

Check that the charging connector is firmly
connected to the
charging port.
If the charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connector is firmly connected,
there may be a problem in the system. Stop
charging immediately
and consult your
Toyota dealer.
89

Before driving

The charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connector is connected

1-3. Charging

Situation
The charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connector is connected

If the charging indicator
lights flash quickly

Reason

Correction procedure

The traction battery is
already fully charged.



An error may have
occurred in the charging system.

Turn the “POWER”
switch to ON mode and
comply with the warning message shown on
the multi-information
display. (P. 443)

1-3. Charging

If a warning message is displayed after charging
If a warning message is displayed when the “POWER” switch is
turned to ON mode after charging, comply with the contents of the
message and take any necessary actions. (P. 443)

If the error warning indicator of the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) illuminates during charging, conduct either
of the following procedures.
● Press the reset button on the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
● Disconnect the plug, wait for a short
while and reconnect.
The error warning indicator will go out
and the power source will reconnect.
● If the error warning indicator does not
illuminate a second time after the power
source has been reconnected, charging
can continue.
● If the error warning indicator illuminates
again, there may be a problem with the
charging cable or the power source.
Stop charging immediately and contact
your Toyota dealer.

Before driving

■ Resetting the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)

1-3. Charging

Inspecting the charging cable
For safety, inspect the charging cable on a routine basis (at least
once a month).

Inspecting the electrical leakage detection function
Check that the electrical leakage detection function operates properly
by following the procedure below.
In the unlikely event that the electrical leakage detection function
does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
STEP 1

Insert the charging cable into the electrical receptacle of the
external power source.

STEP 2

Press the test button on the
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
If the error warning indicator illuminates when the test button is
pressed, the function is operating
correctly.

STEP 3

Press the reset button on the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
Turn off the error warning indicator. Charging cannot be carried out
while the error warning indicator is illuminated.
Charging can be continued by following the normal procedure. If not
charging, store the charging cable.

1-3. Charging

CAUTION
■ Routine inspection
Check the following points regularly.
If use is continued without inspection, fire or electric shock may occur, possibly resulting in death or serious injury.

● The electrical receptacle has not been damaged
● The plug does not get extremely hot during use
● The tip of the plug has not been deformed
● The plug is not dirtied by dust etc.
Inspect the plug after removing it from the electrical receptacle.
■ Maintaining the charging cable
When the cable is dirty, first remove the dirt with a squeezed out cloth, and
then wipe the cable with a dry cloth. Do not wash with water, as doing so
could cause a fire or electrical shock when charging, which could lead to
death or serious injury.
■ When not using the charging cable for a long time
Remove the plug from the electrical receptacle. Dust could accumulate on
the plug or in the electrical receptacle, possibly causing overheating which
could lead to a fire.
Also, keep the cable in a place free from moisture.

Before driving

● The charging cable, plug, charging connector, CCID (Charging Circuit
Interrupting Device) etc. have not been damaged

1-4. Key information

Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.

Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key
system (P. 96)
• Operating
the
wireless
remote control function
(P. 108)

Mechanical keys
Key number plate

Using the mechanical key
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry
the mechanical key together with
the electronic key. If the electronic
key battery is depleted or the
entry function does not operate
properly, you will need the
mechanical key. (P. 468)

1-4. Key information

■ When required to leave a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant
Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (P. 297)
Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.

■ Key number plate

■ When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc, ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.

NOTICE
■ To prevent key damage
● Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high temperatures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet.
● Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any material that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
● Do not disassemble the key.

Before driving

Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the
event that a key is lost, a new key can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the key number plate. (P. 467)

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Smart key system
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the
electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
(The driver should always carry the electronic key.)
Electronic key

Electronic key

Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 97)
Locks and unlocks the back door (P. 97)
Starts the EV system (P. 200)

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Unlocking and locking the doors and back door (front and back
door handles only)

Make sure to touch the sensor on
the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be
changed. (P. 103)

Press the lock button to lock the
doors.

Before driving

Grip the driver’s door handle to
unlock the door. Grip the passenger’s door handle to unlock all
the doors.*

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Antenna location and effective range
■ Antenna location
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna outside the luggage
compartment

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is
detected)
When locking or unlocking
the doors

When starting the EV system
or
changing
“POWER” switch modes
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
inside the vehicle.

Before driving

The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of
either of the outside front
door handles and back door
handle.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
■ Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms are used to prevent theft of the
vehicle and unforeseeable accidents resulting from erroneous operation.
Take appropriate measures according to the warning message shown on the
multi-information display. (P. 427)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms are sounded.
Alarm

Interior alarm
pings once and
exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds*1

Exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds

100

Situation

Correction procedure

An attempt was made to
lock the doors using the
entry function while the
electronic key was still
inside the passenger compartment.

Retrieve the electronic key from the
passenger compartment and lock the
doors again.

An attempt was made to
exit the vehicle and lock
the doors without first turning the “POWER” switch
off.

Turn the “POWER”
switch off and lock the
doors again.

An attempt was made to
lock the vehicle while a
door is open.

Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Alarm

Situation

Correction procedure

Interior alarm
pings continuously*1

The “POWER” switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was opened
while the “POWER” switch
was in ACCESSORY
mode).

Turn the “POWER”
switch off and close
the driver’s door.

Interior alarm
sounds continuously*1

When the “POWER”
switch was in ON or
ACCESSORY mode, an
attempt was made to open
the door and exit the vehicle when the shift position
was not in P.

Push the P position
switch and turn the
“POWER” switch off.

Interior and exterior alarms sound
continuously*1

When the “POWER”
switch was in ON or
ACCESSORY mode, the
driver's door was closed
after the key was carried
outside the vehicle when
the shift position was not in
P.

Push the P position
switch, turn the
“POWER” switch off
and close the driver’s
door again.

Before driving
101

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Alarm

Interior alarm
pings once*1

Interior alarm
pings once and
exterior alarm
sounds 3 times*1

Situation

Correction procedure

The electronic key has a
low battery.

Replace the electronic
key battery.

An attempt was made to
start the EV system without the electronic key
being present, or the electronic key was not functioning normally.

Start the EV system
with the electronic key
present.*2

The driver's door was
closed after the key was
carried outside the vehicle
when the “POWER” switch
was not turned off.

Turn the “POWER”
switch OFF and close
the driver’s door
again.

An occupant carried the
electronic key outside the
vehicle and closed the
door while the “POWER”
switch was not off.

Bring the electronic
key back into the vehicle.

*1: A message will be shown on the multi-information display in the instrument cluster.

*2: If the EV system does not start when the electronic

key is inside the
vehicle, the electronic key battery may be depleted or there may be difficulties receiving the signal from the key. (P. 468)

■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.

102

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks.
STEP 1 Turn the “POWER” switch off.
STEP 2 When the indicator on the key surface is turned off, push and hold

The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at
least 5 seconds, and repeat STEP 2 .)
Multi-information
display

Unlocking doors
Hold the driver’s door
handle to unlock only the
driver’s door.
Hold the passenger’s door
handle or back door
opener to unlock all the
doors.
Hold a front door handle or
back door opener to unlock
all the doors.

but-

Beep

Exterior: Beeps three
times
Interior: Pings once

Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once

103

Before driving

or
for approximately 5 seconds while pushing the
ton on the key.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Battery-saving function
In the following circumstances, the entry function is disabled in order to prevent the 12-volt battery from discharging and the electronic key battery from
depleting.
● When the entry function has not been used for 2 weeks or more.
● When the electronic key has been left within approximately 3 ft. (1 m) of
the vehicle for 10 minutes or more.
The system will resume operation when
● The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock switch when carrying the
electronic key on your person.
● The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control.
(P. 108)
● The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the mechanical key. (P. 468)
■ Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations,
the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be
affected, preventing the smart key system and wireless remote control from
operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 468)
● When the electronic key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication devices
● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic
object
● When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity
● When carrying or using the electronic key together with one or move of
the following devices that emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key
• A wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computer
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects is attached to the
rear window

104

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Note for the entry function
● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection
areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases.

● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may
be locked or unlocked by anyone.
● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to
start the EV system if the electronic key is near the window.
● The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door
handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash. (The doors will automatically
be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened
and closed.)
● Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not
be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to
unlock the doors.)
■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.

105

Before driving

• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle,
near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or
unlocked.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, in the auxiliary box, on
the floor or in the glove box when the EV system is started or
“POWER” switch modes are changed.
● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave
reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin
and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the
electronic key inside the vehicle.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not function.)
■ If the smart key system does not operate properly
● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 468)
● Starting the EV system. (P. 468)
■ Electronic key battery depletion
● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the electronic key is not used.) If the smart key system or the
wireless remote control function does not operate, or the detection area
becomes smaller, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when
necessary. (P. 383)
● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the EV
system stops. (P. 100)
● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft.
(1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•
•
•
•
•
•

TVs
Personal computers
Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
Induction cookers
Table lamps

■ When the electronic key battery is fully depleted
P. 383
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)

106

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Certification for the smart key system

FCC ID: HYQ14AEM
FCC ID: NI4TMLF-2
FCC ID: HYQ14AAB
FCC ID: HYQ13BZS

NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

CAUTION
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 98) The radio waves may
affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can
be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such as the frequency of
radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then, consult your
doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.

107

Before driving

FCC ID: HYQ14ABK
FCC ID: HYQ13CZA

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Wireless remote control
The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehicle from outside the vehicle.

Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Pressing the button unlocks
the driver’s door. Pressing
the button again within 3
seconds unlocks the other
doors.
Pushing
and
Sounds the alarm

holding:

■ Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
■ Panic mode
When
is pushed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound for
about 60 seconds and the vehicle lights
will flash to deter any person from trying
to break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, push any button on the
wireless remote control.
■ Door lock buzzer
If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds continuously if an attempt to
lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
vehicle once more.
■ Key battery depletion
P. 383

108

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ If the wireless remote control does not operate
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 468)
■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the anti-theft system automatically locks the vehicle again.

Before driving

■ Conditions affecting operation

P. 104
■ Customization that can be configured at your Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
■ Certification for wireless remote control
P. 107

109

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Side doors
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry function,
wireless remote control or door lock switch.

■ Entry function
P. 96
■ Wireless remote control
P. 108
■ Door lock switch
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors

■ Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
Pulling the door handle can
open the front door even if the
lock button is in the lock position.

110

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Locking the front doors from the outside without the wireless
remote control or key
STEP 1

Move the inside lock button to the lock position.

STEP 2

Close the door.

The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.

Rear door child-protector lock
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock
is set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear
doors.

111

Before driving

The door cannot be locked if the “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY
or ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Using the mechanical key
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(P. 468)
■ When all the doors are locked with the entry function, wireless remote
control or key
The doors cannot be unlocked with the door lock switch.
The door lock switch can be reset by unlocking all the doors with the entry
function, wireless remote control or key.
■ The doors cannot be locked when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode, or the electronic key
is left inside the vehicle.
Depending on the position of the electronic key, the key may not be detected
correctly and the door may be locked.
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. door unlocking function) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)

CAUTION
■ To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Always use a seat belt.
● Always lock all the doors.
● Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
The doors may be opened and the passengers are thrown out of the vehicle and it may result in serious injury or death.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
112

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Back door
The back door can be opened using the back door handle. The back
door can be locked and unlocked using the wireless remote control,
entry function or door lock switch.

■ Locking and unlocking the back door

Before driving

Entry function
P. 97
Wireless remote control
P. 108
Door lock switch
P. 110

Rear step bumper
The rear step bumper is
intended for rear end protection
and easier step-up loading.

113

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment lights turn on when the back door is opened with
the luggage compartment light switch on.
On
Off

■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)

114

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

CAUTION
■ Caution while driving
● Keep the back door closed while driving.
If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or luggage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident.

● Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
● Do not get on the rear step bumper.
■ Caution while parking
If the open back door hides the stop, tail or rear turn signal lights, other road
users must be warned of the presence of your vehicle by a warning triangle
or other device.
■ When children are in the vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.

115

Before driving

● Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If
the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving,
causing an accident.

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

CAUTION
■ Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
● The back door may close if it is not
opened fully. It is more difficult to open
or close the back door on an incline
than on a level surface, so beware of
the back door unexpectedly opening or
closing by itself. Make sure that the
back door is fully open and secure
before using the luggage compartment.
● When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
● When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface.

● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door. Such additional weight on the back door may interfere with the safety
opening and closing operation of the back door.
● If the open back door hides the stop, tail, rear side marker or rear turn signal lights while you are parked, other road users must be warned of the
presence of your vehicle by a warning triangle or other device.

116

1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the back door components
Do not allow more than one person to get on the rear step bumper at a time.
1

■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge

117

Before driving

Do not leave the luggage compartment light on for extended periods while
the EV system is off.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Front seats
Seat position
lever

adjustment

Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)

118

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Flattening the front seatbacks
■ Before flattening the front seatbacks
Slide the rear seats as far back as possible. (P. 121)
1

■ Flattening the front seatbacks
Remove the front head restraint. (P. 127)

STEP 2

Slide the front seat further forward than the forward-most lockable position.

STEP 3

Pull the seatback angle adjustment lever up to unlock and push
down the seatback.
After returning the seat to its original position, be certain to replace
the head restraint.

Active head restraints
When the occupant’s lower back
presses against the seatback
during a rear-end collision, the
head restraint moves slightly forward and upward to help reduce
the risk of whiplash on the seat
occupant.

119

Before driving

STEP 1

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Active head restraints
Even small forces applied to the seatback may cause the head restraint to
move. Pushing up a locked head restraint forcibly may appear the head
restraint inner structure. These do not indicate problems.
During
rear-end
collision
Inner
structure

CAUTION
■ Seat adjustment
● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.

120

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Rear seats
Seat position
levers

adjustment

Seatback angle adjustment
levers

121

Before driving

When a person sits in the rear
center position, adjust both
seat cushions to the same
position and align all seatbacks at the same angle.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Folding down the rear seatbacks
Folding down the rear seats will enlarge the luggage compartment.
■ Before folding down the rear seatbacks
STEP 1
STEP 2

Stow the rear center seat belt. (P. 133)
Make sure the outside seat belt
passes through the hanger when
folding the rear seat.
This prevents the shoulder belt
from being damaged.

STEP 3

Stow the rear seat belt buckles.

STEP 4

Remove the outside head restraints (P. 128)

STEP 5

Lower the rear center seat head restraint to the lowest position. (P. 127)

STEP 6

Raise the armrest until it locks. (P. 313)

122

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Folding down the rear seatbacks
STEP 1

Slide the rear seats as far back as possible. (P. 121)

From inside
STEP 2

From outside
STEP 2

Open the back door and pull the
lock release lever to fold down
the rear seat.

123

Before driving

Pull down the seatback angle
adjustment lever and fold down
the seatback.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
■ When folding the rear seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
position to P.
● Do not fold the rear seatback when passengers sit or luggage is placed on
the seat.
● Do not allow passengers to ride on the folded seat or in the luggage compartment while driving.
● Make sure that no passengers or luggage are on the rear seats.
● Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compartment while driving.
● Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.

124

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
■ Seat adjustment
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injuries.

● Be careful not to get your hands or feet pinched in the seat.
● Do not adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Be careful that the seat does not hit a passenger or luggage.
● Do not put objects under the seats.
Otherwise, the objects may interfere with the seat-lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjustment lever and the seat may
suddenly move, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Adjust both seat cushions to the same position and align all seatbacks at
the same angle when a person sits in the rear center position.
Otherwise, the person cannot wear the seat belt properly and this may
cause death or serious injuries in a collision.
■ After adjusting a seat
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Make sure the seat position and seatback are securely locked by pushing
the seat and seatback forward and rearward.
● Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.

125

Before driving

● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

NOTICE
■ Stowing the seat belts
The seat belts and the buckles must be stowed before you fold down the
rear seatbacks.

126

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.

Front seats
Up

Pull the head restraints up.

Push the head restraint down
while pushing the lock release
button.
Lock release button

Rear center seat
Up
Pull the head restraints up.

Down
Push the head restraint down
while pushing the lock release
button.
Lock release button

Rear outside seats
Up
Down
Pull up or push down the head
restraint while pushing the lock
release button.

Lock release button

127

Before driving

Down

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Removing the head restraints
Front seats
Pull the head restraint up while pushing
the lock release button.

Rear seats
Pull the head restraint up while pushing
the lock release button.

128

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Installing the head restraints
Front seats
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock
position.

Rear seats
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.

129

Before driving

Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.

■ Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.

CAUTION
■ Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
● Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

130

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.

■ Correct use of the seat belts

● Position the lap belt as low
as possible over the hips.
● Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight
and well back in the seat.
● Do not twist the seat belt.
■ Fastening and releasing the seat belt
To fasten the seat belt, push
the plate into the buckle
until a click sound is heard.
To release the seat belt,
press the release button.
Release button

131

Before driving

● Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the
shoulder, but does not
come into contact with the
neck or slide off the shoulder.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing
the release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up as
needed until you hear a click.

Rear center seat belt
The rear center seat belt is a 3-point type restraint with 2 buckles.
Both seat belt buckles must be correctly located and securely latched
for proper operation.
Make sure that the buckle
is
securely latched ready for use of
the center seat belt.
Tab “A”
Tab “A”
Tab “B”

132

Tab “B”

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Releasing method
The rear center seat belt can be completely released only when
necessary such as when folding down the rear seats.
STEP 1

Retract the belt slowly when
releasing and stowing the seat
belt.

STEP 2

Fold the seat belt.
Fold the seat belt in a manner
that places tabs “A” and “B” on
top of each other, as shown in the
illustration.

STEP 3

Stow the seat belt.
Make sure that the tabs are
securely stowed inside the cover.

133

Before driving

To release tab “A”, insert tab “B”
or the mechanical key (P. 94)
into the hole on the buckle.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioner helps the seat
belt to quickly restrain the occupant by retracting the seat belt
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal
collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioner may not activate in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger's shoulder belt is completely extended and then
retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be
extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly.
To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once
more. (P. 176)
■ When not using the outer rear seat belts
Pass the outer rear seat belts through the
seat belt hangers and secure the seat
belt plates to prevent the shoulder belts
from being damaged.

134

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat belt. (P. 172)

■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate
for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■ Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.

135

Before driving

● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat
belt, follow the instructions on P. 131 regarding seat belt usage.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Wearing a seat belt
● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
● Always wear a seat belt properly.
● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■ Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 131)
Women who are pregnant should position
the lap belt as low as possible over the
hips in the same manner as other occupants. Extend the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and position the
belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact
over the rounding of the abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a collision.

136

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
■ People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 131)
1

■ When children are in the vehicle

■ Seat belt pretensioners
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger's seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
● If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
■ Adjustable shoulder anchor
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 132)

137

Before driving

Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
■ Seat belt damage and wear
● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ When using the rear center seat belt
Do not use the rear center seat belt with
either buckle released.
Fastening only one of the buckles may
result in death or serious injury in case of
sudden braking or a collision.

■ Using a seat belt extender
● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.

138

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

NOTICE
■ When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.

Before driving
139

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Steering wheel
The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position.
STEP 1

Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.

STEP 2

Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel
horizontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever
up to secure the steering
wheel.

CAUTION
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury.

140

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Anti-glare inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable sufficient
confirmation of the rear view in accordance with the driver's seating
posture.
1

Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.

Automatic anti-glare function
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
ON
OFF
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in ON mode, the indicator illuminates.
The function will set to ON mode
each time the “POWER” switch is
turned to ON mode.

141

Before driving

Adjusting the height of rear view mirror

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

■ To prevent sensor error
To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them.

CAUTION
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.

142

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Outside rear view mirrors
Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switch.
STEP 1

To select a mirror to adjust,
press the switch.
1

Left

STEP 2

Before driving

Right

To adjust the mirror, press the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left

143

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

Folding the mirrors
Press the switch to fold the mirrors.
Press it again to extend them to
the original position.

■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■ When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers.
Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror
defoggers. (P. 292)

144

1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)

CAUTION
■ When driving the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■ When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■ When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and
burn you.

145

Before driving

● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.

1-7. Opening and closing the windows

Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.

Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing (driver’s
window only)*
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)*

*: To

stop the window partway,
operate the switch in the opposite direction.

Window lock switch
Press the switch down to lock
the passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or
closing a passenger window.

146

1-7. Opening and closing the windows

■ The power windows can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ Operating the power windows after turning the “POWER” switch off
(front windows only)

■ Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame,
window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
■ When the power window does not close normally (driver’s window only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot
be closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch
on the driver's door.
● After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the
power window switch in the one-touch closing position while the
“POWER” switch is turned to ON mode.
● If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following procedure.
STEP 1 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position.

Continue holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the window has closed.
STEP 2 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position.

Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has opened completely.
STEP 3 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position

once again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds
after the window has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
147

Before driving

The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
“POWER” switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.

1-7. Opening and closing the windows

CAUTION
■ Closing the windows
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
● Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause serious injury, and in
some instances, even death.
■ Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.

148

1-8. Theft deterrent system

Immobilizer system
The vehicle's keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the
EV system from starting if the key has not been previously registered in the vehicle's on-board computer.
1

Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The indicator light stops flashing after the “POWER” switch
has been turned to ACCESSORY or ON mode to indicate
that the system has been canceled.

■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type immobilizer system.
■ Conditions affecting operation
Depending on the surrounding environment and conditions, the immobilizer
system may not operate properly. This may prevent the EV system from
starting. (P. 104)
■ Certifications for the immobilizer system
FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-1
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

149

Before driving

The indicator light flashes after
the “POWER” switch has been
turned off to indicate that the
system is operating.

1-8. Theft deterrent system

NOTICE
■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

150

1-8. Theft deterrent system

Theft prevention labels

151

Before driving

These labels are attached to
the vehicle to reduce vehicle
theft by facilitating the tracing
and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. Do not remove
under penalty of law.

1-9. Safety information

Correct driving posture
Drive with a good posture as follows:

Sit upright and well back in
the seat. (P. 118)
Adjust the position of the
seat forward or backward to
ensure the pedals can be
reached
and
easily
depressed to the extent
required. (P. 118)
Adjust the seatback so that
the controls are easily operable. (P. 118)
Adjust the tilt and telescopic
positions of the steering
wheel downward so the airbag is facing your chest.
(P. 140)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the
top of your ears. (P. 127)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(P. 131)

152

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ While driving
● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

● Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. The adjustment mechanism may
also be damaged.
■ Adjusting the seat position
● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.

153

Before driving

● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of
death or serious injury to the driver or passenger.

1-9. Safety information

SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.

SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats

154

1-9. Safety information

Airbag system components

Before driving

Curtain shield airbags

Driver airbag

Side airbags

Driver’s seat position sensor

Front passenger airbag
Side impact sensors (front)
Front impact sensors
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Side impact sensors (rear)
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR
BAG OFF” indicator lights
SRS warning light

Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Airbag sensor assembly
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters

Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on information obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system components diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
155

1-9. Safety information

■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
● Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator)
as well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side
rail, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
● The windshield may crack.
● For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in the event
of a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an emergency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location
(without needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to
speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent
automatically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the
necessary emergency services. (P. 326)
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds
the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12-18 mph [20-30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does
not move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
● The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is
no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat,
even if the seat is unoccupied.

156

1-9. Safety information

■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)

● The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
● The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS side airbag on the passenger seat may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even
if the seat is unoccupied. (P. 166)
■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other
than a collision
The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the
underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or
hard surface
● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
● Landing hard or falling

The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal.
● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.

157

Before driving

● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb.
[1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at an approximate speed of 12-18 mph
[20-30 km/h]).

1-9. Safety information

■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
● Collision from the side
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover

■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags
(SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
● Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compartment
● Collision from the side at an angle

The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
collision.
● Collision from the front
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover

158

1-9. Safety information

The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is
involved in a low-speed side collision.
● Collision from the front

● Collision from the rear

Before driving

● Pitching end over end

■ When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
● The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.

● A portion of a door is damaged or
deformed, or the vehicle was involved
in an accident that was not severe
enough to cause the SRS side and curtain shield airbags to inflate.

● The pad section of the steering wheel
or dashboard near the front passenger
airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

159

1-9. Safety information

● The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged.

● The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged.

160

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.

● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in.
(250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of
your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm,
non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of
the instrument panel controls.

161

Before driving

● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ SRS airbag precautions
● If the seat belt extender has been connected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also
been fastened to the latch plate of the
seat belt, the SRS front airbags will
judge that the driver and front passenger are wearing the seat belt even
though the seat belt has not been connected. In this case, the SRS front airbags may not activate correctly in a
collision, resulting in death or serious
injury in the event of a collision. Be sure
to wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 172)

162

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.

● Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.

● Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.

● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.

163

Before driving

● Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard or steering wheel pad.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver and front passenger airbags deploy.
● Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front or rear pillar, roof side rail
and assist grip.
(Except for the speed limit label
P. 452)
● Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. Such
accessories may prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, disable
the system or cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in
death or serious injury.
● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.

164

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.

● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
passenger airbag may not deploy in the event of a collision.
■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing
death or serious injury.
● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
● Modifications to the vehicle's suspension system
● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios or CD
players
● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability

165

Before driving

● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags has deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.

1-9. Safety information

Front passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the front
passenger.

Seat belt reminder light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
SRS warning light

166

1-9. Safety information

Conditions and operation of the front passenger occupant
classification system
■ Adult*1
1

“AIR BAG
ON”

SRS warning light

Off

Seat belt reminder light

Flashing*2

Before driving

Indicator/
warning light

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side

Activated

Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner

■ Child*3 or child restraint system*4

Indicator/
warning light

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

“AIR BAG
OFF”*5

SRS warning light

Off

Seat belt reminder light

Flashing*2

Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side

Deactivated

Activated

Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner

167

1-9. Safety information

■ Unoccupied

Indicator/
warning light

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
SRS warning light
Seat belt reminder light
Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat

Devices

Not illuminated
Off

Deactivated

Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side

Activated

Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner

Deactivated

■ There is a malfunction in the system

Indicator/
warning light

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

“AIR BAG
OFF”

SRS warning light

Seat belt reminder light

Front passenger airbag
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side

Deactivated

Activated

Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner

*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a
smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*3: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

168

1-9. Safety information

*4: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only
be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable.
(P. 172)
*5: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual
on how to install the child restraint system properly. (P. 176)

Before driving
169

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Wear the seat belt properly.
● Make sure the front passenger's seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the front passenger
side may not activate correctly, which could cause death or serious injury
in the event of a collision.
● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pocket).
● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear seat.
● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the passenger's airbags will not deploy in the event of
a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front
passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving.
Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the
seat belt system.

170

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions

● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front passenger seat in the proper order. (P. 176)
● Do not modify or remove the front seats.
● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
detection system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface.
● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.

171

Before driving

● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.

1-9. Safety information

Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder
belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. now require the use of child
restraint systems.

Points to remember
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is
appropriate to the age and size of the child.
● For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the
child restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 176)

172

1-9. Safety information

Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
1

Rear facing  Infant seat/convertible seat

Before driving

Forward facing  Convertible seat

Booster seat

173

1-9. Safety information

■ Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
● If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear
seat and use the vehicle's seat belt. (P. 131)

CAUTION
■ Child restraint precautions
● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle's interior.
● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as
far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.

174

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ Child restraint precautions

● Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident.
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ When the child restraint system is not in use
● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use.
Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the passenger compartment.
● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. This will prevent it
from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or
accident.

175

Before driving

● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident.

1-9. Safety information

Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions. Firmly
secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH anchors or a
seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system is
not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children) system.

Rear outside seats: Child
restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided
for the rear outside seats. (Buttons displaying the location of
the anchors are attached to the
seats.)

Seat belts equipped with a
child restraint locking mechanism (ALR/ELR belts except
driver’s seat belt) (P. 134)

176

1-9. Safety information

Rear outside seats: Anchor
brackets (for top tether strap)
An anchor bracket is provided
for each outer rear seat.

Before driving

Rear center seat: Anchor
bracket (for top tether strap)
An anchor bracket is provided
for the rear center seat.

177

1-9. Safety information

Installation with LATCH system (rear outside seats only)
STEP 1

Fold the seatback while pulling
the lever. Return the seatback
and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position).
Adjust the seatback to the 7th
lock position. (P. 121)
1st lock position
7th lock position

Type A
STEP 2

Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH anchors.
The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat cushion and seatback.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.

The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.

178

1-9. Safety information

Type B
STEP 2

Latch the buckles
LATCH anchors.

onto

the

The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat cushion and seatback.

The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.

179

Before driving

If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.

1-9. Safety information

Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt)
■ Rear facing Infant seat/convertible seat
STEP 1

Place the child restraint system
on the rear seat facing the rear
of the vehicle.

STEP 2

Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.

STEP 3

Fully extend the shoulder belt
and then allow it to retract
slightly in order to activate the
ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.

180

1-9. Safety information

STEP 4

While pushing the child restraint
system down into the rear seat,
allow the shoulder belt to retract
until the child restraint system is
securely in place.

■ Forward facing Convertible seat
STEP 1

Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.

STEP 2

Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.

STEP 3

Fully extend the shoulder strap
and then allow it to retract
slightly into the ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.

181

Before driving

After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.

1-9. Safety information

While pushing the child restraint
system into the rear seat, allow
the shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.

STEP 4

After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
STEP 5

If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 183)

■ Booster seat
STEP 1

Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.

STEP 2

Sit the child in the child restraint
system. Fit the seat belt to the
child restraint system according
to the manufacturer's instructions and insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the belt is
not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child's shoulder and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(P. 131)

182

1-9. Safety information

Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.

Before driving

Child restraint systems with a top tether strap (rear seats only)
■ Outside seats
STEP 1

Remove the head restraint.

STEP 2

Slide the seats forward slightly if
it is in the rear-most position.

183

1-9. Safety information

STEP 3

Front of vehicle

Secure the child restraint using
the seat belt. Latch the hook
onto the anchor bracket and
tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.

STEP 4

Replace the head restraint.

STEP 5

Move the seats to the rear-most
lock position.

184

1-9. Safety information

■ Center seat
Open the anchor bracket cover.
Secure the child restraint using
the seat belt. Latch the hook
onto the anchor bracket and
tighten the top tether strap.

■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.

185

Before driving

Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ When installing a booster seat
Do not fully extend the shoulder belt to prevent the belt from going to ALR
lock mode. (P. 134)
ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only which could cause injury or discomfort to the child.
■ When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● If the driver's seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach
the child restraint system to the righthand rear seat.
● Adjust the front passenger seat or rear
seats so that it does not interfere with
the child restraint system.
● Only put a forward-facing or booster
child seat on the front seat when
unavoidable. When installing a forwardfacing or booster child seat on the front
passenger seat, move the seat as far
back as possible even if “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator light is illuminated. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).

186

1-9. Safety information

CAUTION
■ When installing a child restraint system

● When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat
as far back as possible (rear seat only), with the seatback close to the
child restraint system.
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child's shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child's neck, but not so that it could fall off the child's
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
■ Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
■ To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may
cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of
a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.

187

Before driving

● When installing a child restraint system in the rear center seat, adjust both
seat cushions to the same position and align seatbacks at the same angle.
Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot be securely restrained and
this may cause death or serious injuries in the event of sudden braking,
sudden swerving or an accident.

1-9. Safety information

188

When driving

2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle............
Power switch....................
Transmission....................
Turn signal lever ..............
Parking brake...................
Horn .................................

2
2-5. Driving information

190
200
206
215
216
217

Utility vehicle
precautions ....................
Cargo and luggage ..........
Vehicle load limits ............
Winter driving tips ............
Trailer towing ...................
Dinghy towing ..................

258
263
267
268
273
274

2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters ......... 218
Indicators and warning
lights .............................. 223
Multi-information
display............................ 227
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch............... 234
Windshield wipers and
washer ........................... 238
Rear window wiper and
washer ........................... 241
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control...................
Rear view monitor
system ...........................
Driving assist systems .....
Hill-start assist control......

243
247
251
256

189

2-1. Driving procedures

Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving.

■ Starting the EV system
P. 200
■ Driving
STEP 1

With the brake pedal depressed, select the D position.
(P. 206)
Check that the shift position indicator shows D.

STEP 2

Release the parking brake. (P. 216)

STEP 3

Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.

■ Stopping
STEP 1

Depress the brake pedal.

STEP 2

If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, push
the P position switch. (P. 209)

■ Parking the vehicle
STEP 1

Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

STEP 2

Set the parking brake. (P. 216)

STEP 3

Push the P position switch. (P. 209)
Check that the shift position indicator shows P.

STEP 4

Press the “POWER” switch to stop the EV system.

STEP 5

Lock the door, making sure that you have the electronic key
on your person.

190

2-1. Driving procedures

Starting on a steep uphill
STEP 1

Firmly set the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed,
and then shift the shift position to D.

STEP 2

Slowly release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal.

STEP 3

Release the parking brake.
2

■ Driving in the rain

● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be
especially slippery.
● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road
surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■ Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recommended:
● For the first 200 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
● For the first 1000 miles (1600 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
■ Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system.
This type of brake system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced.
Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding down operation.
■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws.

191

When driving

● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.

2-1. Driving procedures

■ For efficient use
● Shift the shift position to D when driving.
In the N position, energy cannot be regenerated during deceleration.
● Drive your vehicle smoothly.
Avoid abrupt acceleration and deceleration.
● Avoid repeated acceleration.
Repeated acceleration consumes traction battery energy, resulting in
reduced vehicle performance, including driving range.

192

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
■ When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the EV system
operating. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.

● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift position is in a driving
position, or roll forward while the shift position is in R.
Doing so may result in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
● Do not shift the shift position to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift position to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.

193

When driving

• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident
that could result in death or serious injury.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelerator pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident.
● Because there is no engine noise when this vehicle is being driven, pedestrians in the vicinity may not notice the vehicle.
Even though the vehicle is equipped with the vehicle proximity notification
system, drive with care as pedestrians in the vicinity may still not notice
the vehicle if the surrounding area is noisy.

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
● Do not shift the shift position to D while the vehicle is moving backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Shifting the shift position to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage
the EV system’s drive-train. Regenerative braking is not available with the
EV system disengaged and the transmission may be damaged.
● During normal driving, do not turn off the EV system. Turning the EV system off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will make it more difficult
to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as
it is safe to do so.
In the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way: P. 479
● Use regenerative braking (shift position B instead of shift position D) to
maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 207)
● Do not adjust the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Always check that all passengers' arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.

194

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident.
● Sudden shifting between D and B position may accelerate or slow the
vehicle and cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an accident.

■ When changing the shift position
Be careful not to change the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Changing the shift position to any positions other than P or N may cause the
vehicle to accelerate abruptly, causing an accident and resulting in death or
serious injury.
After changing the shift position, make sure to confirm the current shift position displayed on the shift position indicator inside the meter.
■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.

195

When driving

● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in
an accident.

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
■ When the vehicle is stopped
● Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
If the vehicle is in any shift position other than P or N, the vehicle may
accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the EV system on for a long time.
● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the “READY” indicator is on. Apply the
parking brake as necessary.
● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Make sure to firmly apply the parking brake and select the P position.
Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move, or the vehicle to accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed. Also, when
leaving the vehicle, make sure to turn off the EV system and lock the vehicle.
Sound or shuddering may not be noticed even when the electric vehicle is
ready to drive (when the “READY” indicator is illuminated).
● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle's electrical components.
● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.

196

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehicle.
● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.

■ When taking a nap in the vehicle

■ When braking the vehicle
● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and may cause one
side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also the parking
brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
● If the electronically controlled brake system does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
● The brake system consists of 2 or more individual hydraulic systems; if
one of the systems fails, the other(s) will still operate. In this case, the
brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking
distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.

197

When driving

Always turn the EV system off. Otherwise, you may accidentally move the
shift position or depress the accelerator pedal.

2-1. Driving procedures

NOTICE
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals together to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
● When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■ If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
● It may be difficult to control your vehicle
● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds
● The vehicle will behave abnormally
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 447)

198

2-1. Driving procedures

NOTICE
■ When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle.
● Short in electrical components
● Traction battery damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following.
● Changes in quantity and quality of transmission fluid and so forth.
● Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
● If the P position control system is damaged by flooding, it may not be possible to shift the shift position to P, or from P to other positions. When the
shift position cannot be changed from P to any other position, the front
wheels will lock, and moving the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground will not be possible. In this case, move the vehicle with both front
wheels or all four wheels lifted.

199

When driving

● Brake function

2-1. Driving procedures

Power switch
Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic
key on your person starts the EV system or changes “POWER”
switch modes.

■ Starting the EV system
STEP 1

Check that the charging cable is disconnected. (P. 73)

STEP 2

Check that the parking brake is set.

STEP 3

Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
The “POWER” switch indicator turns green.
When the shift position is in N, the EV system cannot start.
Push the P position switch when starting the EV system.

STEP 4

Press the “POWER” switch.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the EV system is
completely started.
The EV system can be started
from any “POWER” switch
mode.
After a few seconds, the
“READY” indicator comes on
with a beep sound.

200

2-1. Driving procedures

■ Stopping the EV system
STEP 1

Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

STEP 2

Set the parking brake. (P. 216)
Push the P position switch to
shift into P. (P. 209)

STEP 3

Check that the shift position
indicator on the instrument
cluster shows P. (P. 223)

When driving

STEP 4

Press the “POWER” switch.
The EV system will stop, and the meter display will turn off (the
shift position indicator will turn off a few seconds after the meter
display).

STEP 5

Slowly release the brake pedal and check that the indicator
on the “POWER” switch is off.

If you stop the EV system without setting the shift position to P, the
shift position will be changed to P automatically. You can also
change the shift position to P by pushing the P position switch.

201

2-1. Driving procedures

■ Changing “POWER” switch mode
Modes can be changed by pressing the “POWER” switch with
the brake pedal released. (The mode changes each time the
switch is pressed.)
Off
The emergency flashers can
be used.

ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
The “POWER” switch indicator
turns amber.

ON mode
All electrical components can
be used.
The “POWER” switch indicator
turns amber.

202

2-1. Driving procedures

■ Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than an hour with the
shift position in P, the “POWER” switch will automatically turn off.
■ Sounds and vibrations specific to a electric vehicle
P. 30
■ Electronic key battery depletion
P. 106

■ Auto P position function

● If the auto P position function is malfunctioning, it may not be possible to
turn the “POWER” switch to off. In this event, the “POWER” switch can
be turned to off after applying the parking brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ When the ambient temperature is low, such as during winter driving
conditions
Driving power may be limited due to traction battery temperature being low.
Follow the instructions on the meter display. If the vehicle has been parked
for a long time in low ambient temperatures, it may be necessary to plug in
the vehicle to warm-up and charge the traction battery before driving.
■ When the P position control system malfunctions
The “POWER” switch will not be able to be turned off. In such a case, the
switch can be turned off after applying the parking brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Conditions affecting operation
P. 104
■ Note for the entry function
P. 105

203

When driving

● If the “POWER” switch is pressed while the EV system is operating and
the vehicle is at a complete stop, the “POWER” switch will be turned to
OFF, then the shift position will be automatically switched to P.
When turning the “POWER” switch to off while the shift position is not set
to P, operate the “POWER” switch while pushing down fully on the brake
pedal. Then, release the brake pedal after confirming that the shift position indicator on the instrument cluster shows P.

2-1. Driving procedures

■ If the EV system does not start
● The immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 149)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
● The charging cable may be connected to the vehicle. (P. 82)
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
The green indicator light on the “POWER”
switch will flash and a message will be
shown on the multi-information display.
Press the “POWER” switch again while
turning the steering wheel left and right.

■ When the “POWER” switch indicator flashes in amber
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the “READY” indicator does not come on
If the “READY” indicator does not come on when you press the “POWER”
switch with the shift position in P and the brake pedal pressed, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the EV system is malfunctioning
P. 428
■ When the electronic key battery is discharged
P. 383

204

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
■ When starting the EV system
Always start the EV system while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress
the accelerator pedal while starting the EV system under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Stopping the EV system in an emergency

NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the “POWER” switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long
periods of time without the EV system on.
■ When starting the EV system
● Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
● If the EV system becomes difficult to start, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer immediately.

205

When driving

If you want to stop the EV system in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the “POWER” switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it
briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 479)
However, do not touch the “POWER” switch while driving except in an emergency. Turning the EV system off while driving will not cause loss of steering
or braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

2-1. Driving procedures

Transmission
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.

■ Shifting the shift lever

Shift lever
Operate the shift lever gently and ensure correct shifting operation.
When shifting to D or R positions, move the shift lever along
the shift gate.

To shift to N position, slide the shift lever to the left and hold
it. The shift position will change to N.
Shifting to B is only possible when shift position D is
selected.
The shift lever always returns to this original position after a
shifting operation.
When shifting from P to N, D or R; from D to R; or from R to D,
ensure that the brake pedal is being depressed and the vehicle is
stationary.

206

2-1. Driving procedures

Shift position indicator
The position of the frame on the shift position indicator changes in
accordance with the current shift position.
When a shift position other than D or B is selected, the arrow toward B
and B position indicator disappear from the shift position indicator.

When selecting the shift position, make sure that the shift position
has been changed to the desired position by checking the shift
position indicator provided on the instrument panel.

Shift position

Function

Parking the vehicle/starting the EV system

Reversing

Neutral

Normal driving

Applying regenerative braking when driving down
hills or on steep slopes

When driving

■ Shift position purpose

207

2-1. Driving procedures

■ SPORT mode
By increasing the motor's output when compared to normal
mode, the vehicle's acceleration power and maximum
speed is increased. This mode
provides a more dynamic driving experience.
When the SPORT mode button
is pressed, the SPORT mode
indicator comes on and a message is shown on the multiinformation display.
When the SPORT mode button
is pressed again: the indicator
turns off, the message “Sport
Driving Mode Deactivated Max
Vehicle Speed Decreased” is
shown on the multi-information display and normal mode
is returned to.

208

2-1. Driving procedures

P position switch
■ When shifting the shift position to P
Fully stop the vehicle and set the
parking brake, and then press
the P position switch.
When the shift position is
changed to P, the indicator on the
P position switch illuminates.

■ Shifting the shift position from P to other positions
● While depressing the brake pedal firmly, operate the shift lever.
If the shift lever is operated without depressing the brake pedal,
the buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled.
● When selecting a shift position, make sure that the shift position
has been changed to the desired position by checking the shift
position indicator provided on the instrument cluster.
● The shift position cannot be changed from P to B directly.

209

When driving

Check that the shift position indicator on the instrument cluster
shows P.

2-1. Driving procedures

■ For the shift positions
● When the “POWER” switch is off, the shift position cannot be changed.
● When the “POWER” switch is in ON mode (the EV system is not operating), the shift position can only be changed to N. The shift position will be
changed to N even if the shift lever is shifted to D or R and held in that
position.
● When the “READY” indicator is on, the shift position can be changed
from P to D, N or R.
● When the “READY” indicator is flashing, the shift position cannot be
changed from P to another position even if the shift lever is operated.
Wait until the “READY” indicator changes from a flashing to a solid light,
and then operate the shift lever again.
● The shift position can only be changed to B directly from D.
In addition, if the shift position is changed in any of the following situations,
the buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled or the shift
position will automatically change to N. When this happens, select an appropriate shift position.
● Situations where the shifting operation will be disabled:
• When the shift position is changed from P to another position while the
charging cable is connected to the vehicle.
• When the shift position is changed from P to another position without
depressing the brake pedal.
• When the shift position is changed from P or N to B.
● Situations where the shift position will automatically change to N:
• When the P position switch is pressed while the vehicle is running.*1
• When shift position R is selected when the vehicle is moving forward.*2
• When shift position D is selected when the vehicle is moving in
reverse.*3
• When the shift position is changed from R to B.
*1: Shift position may be changed to P when driving at extremely low
speeds.

*2: Shift position may be changed to R when driving at low speeds.
*3: Shift position may be changed to D when driving at low speeds.

210

2-1. Driving procedures

■ Reverse warning buzzer
When shifting into R, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the shift
position is in R.
■ Automatically P position selection function
When the “POWER” switch is in ON mode while the shift position is in a
position other than P and the vehicle is stopped completely, pressing the
“POWER” switch will cause the automatic P position selection function to
operate together with the “POWER” switch being turned to off.
■ If the shift position cannot be shifted from P

■ Using regenerative braking
When shift position D or B is selected, releasing the accelerator pedal will
apply regenerative braking.
The vehicle can be accelerated even when shift position B is selected.
If the brake pedal is depressed very quickly after the accelerator pedal is
released, the amount of regenerated energy displayed on the EV system
indicator (P. 221) may be less than expected. This is not a malfunction,
and will probably not feel any different than usual. The amount of regenerated energy will return to expected when the brake pedal is released and
depressed again.
■ If the system malfunctions
The following situations indicate a problem with the system.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
● All frames of the shift position indicators in the instrument cluster flash.
● The parking system error message appears on the multi-information display.
● The instrument cluster does not come on when the “POWER” switch is in
ON mode.

211

When driving

There is a possibility that the 12-volt battery is discharged. Check the 12-volt
battery in this situation. (P. 470)

2-1. Driving procedures

■ When sport mode is selected
When sport mode is selected, the “SPORT” indicator will come on and the
speed meter circumference ring and some instrument panel lights will turn
from blue to red.
In some cases, sport mode will not be available. A buzzer will sound and
“Sport Driving Mode Not Available” is shown on the multi-information display.
If already driving in sport mode, the vehicle will automatically change back to
normal mode.
■ Alarms
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms sound.
Alarm

Situation
The driver attempts to shift
out of the P position without depressing the brake
pedal.

Correction procedure
The transmission will
not move out of the P
position. Depress the
brake pedal before
attempting to shift
again.

The P position switch is
pressed while the vehicle
is moving.
Interior alarm
sounds once

The driver attempts to shift
to the R position while the
vehicle is in forward
motion.
The driver attempts to shift
to the D position while the
vehicle is in rearward
motion.
The driver attempts to shift
to the B position while in
the R position.

212

The transmission will
automatically be set to
the N position. Select
the appropriate position.

2-1. Driving procedures

Alarm

Interior alarm
sounds once

Correction procedure

The driver attempts to shift
to the B position while in
the P or N position.

The transmission will
not move out of the P or
N position. Select the
appropriate position.

The driver attempts to shift
from P position to another
position during charging.

The transmission will
not move out of the P
position. Disconnect
the charging cable,
start the EV system,
and shift again.

If the driver’s door is
opened while the transmission is in N, D or B.

Push the P position
switch.

When driving

Interior alarm
beep sounds
and warning
message*

Situation

*: Follow the warning message displayed.

213

2-1. Driving procedures

CAUTION
■ To avoid an accident
Do not hang objects on or attach objects to the shift lever.
Doing so may cause the shift lever to move and the shift position to change.
■ For the shift lever
Do not remove the shift lever knob or use anything but a genuine Toyota shift
lever knob. Also, do not hang anything on the shift lever.
Doing so could prevent the shift lever from returning to position, causing
unexpected accidents to occur when the vehicle is in motion.
■ P position switch
Do not press the P position switch while the vehicle is moving.
If the P position switch is pressed when driving at very low speeds (for
example, directly before stopping the vehicle), the vehicle may stop suddenly when the shift position switches to P, which could lead to an accident.

NOTICE
■ Situations where P position control system malfunctions are possible
If any of the following situations occur, P position control system malfunctions are possible.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place on level ground, apply the parking brake, and then contact your Toyota dealer.
● When the “P Lock Malfunction” warning message appears on the multiinformation display. (P. 429)
● When the shift position symbols (such as P and R) are extinguished and
the frames surrounding the shift position symbols are flashing on the shift
position indicator.
● When the shift position indicator remains off.
■ Notes regarding shift lever and P position switch operation
Avoid repeatedly operating the shift lever and P position switch in quick succession.
The system protection function may activate and it will not be temporarily
possible to shift the shift position other than P. If this happens, please wait
for a while before attempting to change the shift position again.
214

2-1. Driving procedures

Turn signal lever
The turn signal lever can be used to show the following intentions
of the driver:
Right turn
Left turn
Lane change to the right
(push and hold the lever
partway)

Lane change to the left
(push and hold the lever
partway)
The left hand signals will flash
until you release the lever.

■ Turn signals can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ If the indicators flash faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.

215

When driving

The right hand signals will
flash until you release the
lever.

2-1. Driving procedures

Parking brake

To set the parking brake, fully pull the parking brake lever while
depressing the brake pedal.
To release the parking brake, slightly raise the lever and lower it
completely while pressing the button.

■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
P. 433
■ Usage in winter time
P. 268

NOTICE
■ Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
■ When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, set the parking brake, push the P position
switch and make sure that the vehicle does not move.

216

2-1. Driving procedures

Horn
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the

mark.

When driving

■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
(P. 140)

217

2-2. Instrument cluster

Gauges and meters

The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the
“POWER” switch is in ON mode.
EV System Indicator
Displays the EV system output or regeneration level.

SOC (State of Charge) gauge
Displays the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery.

Driving range
Displays an estimated drivable distance according to the climate setting
and the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery.
(P. 30, 276)

Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.

Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data (P. 227)

218

2-2. Instrument cluster

Odometer/trip meter
Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was
last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different distances independently.

Display change button

While the trip meter is being displayed: Pressing and holding the button
will reset the trip meter.
While the odometer is being displayed: Pressing and holding the button
enables Eco Driving Indicator Light and the turn-by-turn navigation to
be activated or deactivated.

Instrument panel light control
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Brighter
Darker

219

When driving

Performs odometer, trip meter and meter display customization.

2-2. Instrument cluster

Eco Driving Indicator Light and turn-by-turn navigation display
customization

While the odometer is being displayed, customization can be performed by pressing and holding the display change button.
Each time the display change button is pressed, ECO Driving Indicator Light display is activated or deactivated.
If OFF is selected, the Eco Driving Indicator Light will not be displayed.

Each time the display change button is pressed, the turn-by-turn
navigation is activated or deactivated.
If OFF is selected, the turn-by-turn navigation display will not be displayed.

When settings have been completed, press and hold the display
change button until the odometer is displayed.

220

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ The meters and display illuminate when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ EV System Indicator
Power area
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving
range is being exceeded (during full
power driving etc.)

Charge area
Shows that energy is being recovered
via the regenerative charging.
Eco Driving Indicator
During Eco-friendly acceleration operation (Eco driving), Eco Driving Indicator Light will turn on. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed excessively, and when the vehicle is
stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Light will not operate in the following conditions:
● The driving mode is set to SPORT
mode.
● The vehicle speed is approximately 80
mph (130 km/h) or higher.
Eco Driving Indicator Light can be activated or deactivated. (P. 220)
● By keeping the indicator needle within Eco area, more Eco-friendly driving can be achieved.
● Charge area indicates regeneration* status. Regenerated energy will be
used to charge the traction battery.
*: When used in this manual, “regeneration” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of the vehicle into electrical energy.
221

When driving

Eco area
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ The brightness of the instrument panel lights
When the tail lights are turned on, the meter’s brightness will be reduced
slightly unless the meter brightness level adjustment is set to the brightest
setting.
If the tail lights are turned on when the surroundings are dark, the meter’s
brightness will reduce slightly. However, when the surroundings are bright,
such as during the daytime, the meter’s brightness will not be reduced even
if the tail lights are turned on.

222

2-2. Instrument cluster

Indicators and warning lights
The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems.

■ Instrument cluster

When driving

■ Center panel

223

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ Outside left of vehicle

224

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the
vehicle’s various systems.
Turn signal indicator
(P. 215)

Cruise control indicator
(P. 243)

Headlight indicator
(P. 234)

Cruise control set indicator (P. 243)

Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 235)
Slip indicator
(P. 251, 256)

“TRAC OFF” indicator
(P. 252, 477)

When driving

*1, 2

Plug-in indicator
(P. 59)
(green)

VSC OFF indicator
(P. 252)
Security indicator
(P. 149)

SPORT mode indicator
(P. 208)

Eco Driving Indicator
Light (P. 221)

(Center panel)

*1
“READY” indicator
(P. 200)

“AIR BAG ON”
and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator (P. 166)

(Center panel)

Charging indicator (P. 59)

Shift position indicators (P. 206)
(Outside left of the vehicle)

*1: These

lights turn on when the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will
turn off after the EV system is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer for details.

*2: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
225

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in any of the
vehicle’s systems. (P. 417)

*3
(yellow)

(Center panel)

*1: These

*2: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*3: Driver’s/front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
*4: Both lights flash quickly for 10 seconds to indicate that the system is
malfunctioning.

CAUTION
■ If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS airbag warning light
not come on when you start the EV system, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result
in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately if this occurs.

226

2-2. Instrument cluster

Multi-information display
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of
driving-related data.

● Trip information

(P. 229)

Displays driving range, power
consumption and other cruising-related information.

● Warning messages
(P. 427)

227

When driving

Automatically displayed when
a malfunction occurs in one of
the vehicle’s systems.

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ Display contents

Each time the “DISP” switch is pressed, the menu screen changes.
When the desired menu screen is displayed, stop pressing the
“DISP” switch. The details screen will soon be displayed.
Trip information contents

Switching display items

Driving range
Turn-by-turn navigation*
Efficiency
Trip efficiency

Press the “DISP” switch.

ECO coach
CO2 reduction
Aux power

*: Not shown when no destination is set or when the turn-by-turn navigation display is not activated. (P. 220, 231).

228

2-2. Instrument cluster

Trip information
■ Driving range
Displays an estimated driving range according to the
amount of charge remaining in the traction battery
and air conditioning settings.

Displays the amount the estimated maximum driving range is shortened according to current air conditioning mode.
The climate setting is linked to the air conditioning system, and changes according to air conditioning settings.
(P. 276)
The estimated maximum driving range is only an estimate. According to driving conditions, the actual driving
range may differ. Keep early charging in mind.
The driving range according to current air conditioning
mode is displayed in the left section of the instrument
cluster. (P. 218)

229

When driving

Displays what the estimated maximum driving
range is with the air conditioning system off
according to the amount of charge remaining in the
traction battery.

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ Efficiency
Displays average power consumption and current
power consumption.
Average power consumption
Displays the average power consumption since the
function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” button for longer than 1 second when the average power
consumption/current power consumption is displayed.

Current power consumption
Displays current power consumption.
■ Trip efficiency
Displays the average power consumption in intervals
of 5 minutes. Current power consumption is simultaneously displayed, allowing it to be compared with
previous power consumption rates.

■ ECO coach
Evaluates the level of eco friendly driving according
to acceleration, speed and braking. An overall score
is also displayed.
Displays the average score up until now when the EV
system is turned off. (P. 232)

230

2-2. Instrument cluster

■ CO2 reduction
In accordance with the amount of charging performed
since the function was last reset, the amount of CO2
reduction when compared to a conventional gasoline
vehicle is displayed as a growing tree.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” button
for longer than 1 second when the CO2 reduction screen
is displayed.

■ AUX Power

Average 12-volt battery consumption
Displays the average 12-volt battery power consumption since the function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” button for longer than 1 second when the Aux Power
screen is displayed.

Current 12-volt battery power consumption
Displays the current 12-volt battery power consumption.
Turn-by-turn navigation*
Displays a notification of upcoming intersections during navigation system route guidance
Turn-by-turn can be activated or
deactivated. (P. 220)
*: For more details on route guidance settings, refer to “Navigation
System Owner’s Manual”.
231

When driving

Displays average 12-volt battery power consumption
and current 12-volt battery power consumption.

2-2. Instrument cluster

Ending screen
When the EV system is turned
off, drive information data since
the system was started is displayed after the ending animation.
When the driver’s door is closed,
the screen turns off.

■ ECO coach
● As the accelerator pedal is not depressed, the driven distance using
cruise control is not included in the ECO coach.
● As the eco coach evaluation differs according to driving conditions and
environmental factors, in some cases it may not be linked to power consumption.
■ Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Setting of available languages can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)

CAUTION
■ ECO score
ECO score should be used as a guide only. Always drive safely in accordance with road and traffic conditions.

232

2-2. Instrument cluster

NOTICE
■ The multi-information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.

When driving
233

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.

The
headlights,
parking lights and
daytime
running
lights turn on and off
automatically.
(When
the
“POWER” switch is
in ON mode)
The side marker,
parking, tail, license
plate, daytime running
lights
and
instrument
panel
lights turn on.
The headlights and
all lights listed above
(except daytime running lights) turn on.
The daytime running lights turn off.

234

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Turning on the high beam headlights
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to
turn on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.

You can flash the high beams
with the headlights on or off.

Manual headlight leveling dial
The level of the headlights can be adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle.
Raises the level of the headlights
Lowers the level of the headlights

235

When driving

Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

■ Guide to dial settings
Occupancy and luggage load conditions

Dial position

Occupants

Luggage load

Driver

None

Driver and front passenger

None

All seats occupied

None

All seats occupied

Full luggage loading

Driver

Full luggage loading

■ Daytime running light system
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the daytime running
lights turn on automatically whenever the EV system is started and the
parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for
use at night.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help
improve power consumption.
■ Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function properly if
an object is placed on the sensor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to
the windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight system to malfunction.

236

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

■ Automatic light off system
The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after driver’s door is
opened and closed if the “POWER” switch has been turned to ACCESSORY
mode or turned off. (The lights turn off immediately if

on the key is

pressed twice after all the doors are closed.)
To turn the lights on again, turn the “POWER” switch to ON mode, or turn the
headlight switch off and then back to

■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer

When driving

Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be deactivated.
(Customizable features P. 500)

NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the EV system is off.

237

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Windshield wipers and washer
When “INT” is selected, the wiper interval can be adjusted for intermittent operation.

The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.
Intermittent
windshield wiper operation
Low speed windshield wiper operation
High speed windshield wiper operation
Temporary operation

Increases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency

238

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Wash/wipe operation
The wipers will automatically
operate a couple of times after
the washer squirts.

When driving

■ The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked and if there is washer fluid in
the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

CAUTION
■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

239

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

NOTICE
■ When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

240

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Rear window wiper and washer
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows:
Intermittent window
wiper operation
Normal
window
wiper operation
Washer/wiper
operation

dual

Washer/wiper
operation

dual

When driving

■ The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ If no washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.

241

2-3. Operating the lights and wipers

NOTICE
■ When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the rear window.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
■ When a nozzle is blocked
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

242

2-4. Using other driving systems

Cruise control
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.

Indicators
Cruise control switch

STEP 1

Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will
come on.
Press the button again to
deactivate the cruise control.

STEP 2

Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed,
and push the lever down to set
the speed.
“SET” indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the
moment the lever is released
becomes the set speed.

243

When driving

■ Setting the vehicle speed

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Adjusting the set speed
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set
speed is obtained.
Increase the speed
Decrease the speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the
lever in the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the
lever is operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continually until the lever is released.

■ Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also canceled when the brakes are
applied.

Pushing the lever up
resumes
the
constant
speed control.
Resuming is available when
the vehicle speed is more
than approximately 25 mph
(40 km/h).

244

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Cruise control can be set when
● The shift position is in D.
● Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and below the
maximum vehicle speed.
Maximum vehicle speed differs according to driving mode. (P. 208)
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
● The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set
speed resumes.

■ Automatic cruise control cancelation
Cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in any of the following
situations.
● Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
below the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
● Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
■ If the cruise control indicator light flashes and “Check Cruise Control
System” is shown on the multi-information display
There may be a malfunction in the cruise control system. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.

245

When driving

● Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be
increased by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then
pushing the lever down to set the new speed.

2-4. Using other driving systems

CAUTION
■ To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
■ Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.

246

2-4. Using other driving systems

Rear view monitor system
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an
image of the area behind the vehicle. The image is displayed in
reverse on the screen. This reversed image is a similar image to the
one on the inside rear view mirror.

The rear view image is displayed when the shift position
is in R.
2

247

When driving

If the shift position is changed
out of R, the screen returns to
the previous one.

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Displayed area
The area covered by the camera is limited. Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper cannot be seen on the screen.
The area displayed on the screen may
vary according to vehicle orientation or
road conditions.

Corners of bumper

248

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Rear view monitor system camera
In the following cases, it may become
difficult to see the images on the
screen, even when the system is functioning correctly:
● The vehicle is in a dark area, such
as at night.
● The temperature near the lens is
extremely high or low.

● Foreign matter, such as snow or
mud, adheres to the camera lens.
● The camera has scratches or dirt on
it.
● The sun or headlights are shining
directly into the camera lens.
■ Smear effect
If a bright light, such as sunlight
reflected off the vehicle body, is picked
up by the camera, a smear effect* characteristic to the camera may occur.
*: Smear effect  A phenomenon that
occurs when a bright light is picked
up by the camera; when transmitted
by the camera, the light source
appears to have a vertical streak
above and below it.

249

When driving

● Water droplets are on the camera
lens or humidity is high, such as
when it rains.

2-4. Using other driving systems

CAUTION
■ When using the rear view monitor system, observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries:
● Never depend solely on the monitor system when reversing.
● Always check visually and with the mirrors to confirm your intended path is
clear.
● Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces differ from actual
distances.
● Do not use the system if the back door is open.
■ Conditions which may affect the rear view monitor system
● If the back of the vehicle has been hit, the camera’s position and mounting
angle may have changed. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
● Rapid temperature changes, such as when hot water is poured on the
vehicle in cold weather, may cause the system to function abnormally.
● If the camera lens is dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. Rinse with
water and wipe with a soft cloth. If extremely dirty, wash with a mild
cleanser and rinse.
● The displayed image may be darker and moving images may be slightly
distorted when the system is cold.
● As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble
or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
● Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
● If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured on
the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
● When the camera is used under fluorescent lights, sodium lights, or mercury lights, the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker.
● When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the
camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunctioning.

250

2-4. Using other driving systems

Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.

■ ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if
the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
2

■ Brake assist

■ VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces

■ TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads

■ Hill-start assist control
P. 256

■ EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn
the steering wheel

When the TRAC/VSC/ABS systems are operating
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC/ABS systems are operating.

251

When driving

Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed, when the system detects a panic stop situation

2-4. Using other driving systems

Disabling the TRAC system
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the EV system to the wheels. Pressing
to turn
the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order
to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release
.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light
will come on.
Press
again to turn the system back on.

■ Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.

for more than 3

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light and VSC OFF indicator light will come on.
Press

again to turn the systems back on.

■ When the “TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on even if the VSC OFF
switch has not been pressed
TRAC cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota dealer.

252

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, TRAC, and
VSC systems
● A sound may be heard from the motor compartment when the EV system
is started or just after the vehicle begins to move, if the brake pedal is
depressed forcefully or repeatedly, or 1 - 2 minutes after the EV system is
stopped. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in
any of these systems.
● Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.

■ EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may
be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically re-enabled in the following situations:
● When the “POWER” switch is turned off
● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling
will not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur,
refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the EV system off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
■ If the slip indicator comes on...
It may indicate a malfunction in the TRAC, VSC and ABS. Contact your
Toyota dealer.

253

When driving

•
•
•
•

2-4. Using other driving systems

CAUTION
■ The ABS does not operate effectively when
● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle's stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the following situations:
● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
● When driving with tire chains
● When driving over bumps in the road
● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
■ TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■ When the VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■ When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are the systems to ensure vehicle stability and driving force,
do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.

254

2-4. Using other driving systems

CAUTION
■ Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.

255

When driving

■ Handling of tires and the suspension

2-4. Using other driving systems

Hill-start assist control
Assists with starting off and temporarily maintains braking power
even if the foot is removed from the brake pedal when starting off on
an incline or a slippery slope.

To engage hill-start assist control, further depress the brake
pedal when the vehicle is
stopped completely.
A buzzer will sound once to
indicate the system is activated. The slip indicator will
also start flashing.

■ Hill-start assist control operating conditions
● The system operates in the following situations:
• The shift position is in a position other than P.
• The parking brake is not applied.
• The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
● Hill-start assist control cannot be operated while the slip indicator light is
illuminated.
■ Hill-start assist control
● While hill-start assist control is operating, the brakes remain automatically applied after the driver releases the brake pedal. The stop lights and
the high mounted stoplight turn on.
● Hill-start assist control operates for about 2 seconds after the brake pedal
is released.
● If the slip indicator does not flash and the buzzer does not sound when
the brake pedal is further depressed, slightly reduce the pressure on the
brake pedal (do not allow the vehicle to roll backward) and then firmly
depress it again. If the system still does not operate, check that the operating conditions explained above have been met.

256

2-4. Using other driving systems

■ Hill-start assist control buzzer
● When hill-start assist control is activated, the buzzer will sound once.
● In the following situations, hill-start assist control will be canceled and the
buzzer will sound twice.
• No attempt is made to drive the vehicle within approximately 2 seconds
of releasing the brake pedal.
• The P position switch is pushed.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The brake pedal is depressed again.
• The brake pedal has been depressed for more than approximately 3
minutes.

When driving

■ If the slip indicator comes on
It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
■ Hill-start assist control
● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.

257

2-5. Driving information

Utility vehicle precautions
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has higher
ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its
center of gravity as compared to ordinary passenger cars.

Utility vehicle feature
● Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity
than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes
this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
● This vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as
ordinary passenger cars. Therefore, sharp turns at excessive
speeds may cause rollover.
● This vehicle is an electric vehicle. It has a heavy traction battery
mounted under the floor, giving the vehicle a lower ground clearance than that of conventional off-road vehicles. Avoid off-road
driving as it may damage the traction batteries.

258

2-5. Driving information

CAUTION
■ Utility vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
● In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.

● Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehicle’s center of
gravity.
● Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and taller
vehicle height, this vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary
passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
● This vehicle is an electric vehicle. Avoid driving through deep water that
may cause the battery pack, motor or motor controller to be submerged or
flooded. Furthermore, this vehicle is not suitable for off-road driving, unlike
conventional sport utility vehicles. When it is unavoidable to drive off-road
or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp
turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to
your vehicle’s suspension, chassis and traction batteries.
● Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar vehicle) can tip over
sideways much more easily than forward or backward.

259

When driving

● Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.

2-5. Driving information

Off-road driving
Your vehicle is not designed to be driven off-road. However, in the
event that off-road driving cannot be avoided, please observe the following precautions to help avoid the areas prohibited to vehicles.
● Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permitted to travel.
● Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
● Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
● Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
● Avoid driving on very steep, slippery roads and other surfaces,
such as sand, where the tires are liable to lose traction.

260

2-5. Driving information

CAUTION
■ Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
● Drive carefully when off-road driving is unavoidable. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving in dangerous places.
● Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when off-road driving is unavoidable. A bad bump could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both
hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.

● When it is unavoidable to drive through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, etc.,
take care not to damage the traction batteries equipped under the floor.
After driving through such terrain, check that there is no grass, bush,
paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped on the underbody. Clear
off any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with these
materials trapped or adhering to the underbody, a breakdown or fire could
occur.
● When driving off-road is unavoidable, do not drive at excessive speeds,
jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control
or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking
expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension, chassis, drive unit or the
traction batteries.

261

When driving

● Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.

2-5. Driving information

NOTICE
■ To prevent water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the traction battery and motor or other components does not occur.
● Water entering the motor will cause severe motor damage.
● Water entering the traction battery may cause short-circuit.
● Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the differential and transmission case,
reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
■ When you drive through water
When driving through water is unavoidable, drive slowly, taking extreme caution to avoid deep water.

262

2-5. Driving information

Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load.

● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever
possible.
● Be sure all items are secured in place.
● To maintain vehicle balance while driving, position luggage
evenly within the luggage compartment.

● For better power economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
When driving

Capacity and distribution
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
(1)Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's
placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5  150) =
650 lbs.)
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
263

2-5. Driving information

(6)If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(P. 267)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.

Calculation formula for your vehicle
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (P. 482)

When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg)
*1: A = Weight of people
*2: B = Total load capacity
*3: C = Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D lb.
(kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg)
as follows:

C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg)
*4: D =Additional weight of people
*5: E =Available cargo and luggage load

264

2-5. Driving information

As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
CAUTION

The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment.
● Receptacles containing gasoline
● Aerosol cans
■ Storage precautions

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-

ble.
● Do not stack anything in the luggage compartment higher than the

seatbacks.
Such items may be thrown about and possibly injure people in the
vehicle in the event of sudden braking or in an accident.
● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations as the

item may get under the brake or accelerator pedal and prevent the
pedals from being depressed properly, block the driver’s vision, or hit
the driver or passengers, causing an accident:
•
•
•
•

At the feet of the driver
On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
On the instrument panel
On the dashboard

265

When driving

■ Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment

2-5. Driving information

CAUTION
● Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and

injure someone during sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be place

directly behind the front seats.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not

designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat
belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer
death or serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking, sudden
swerving or an accident.
■ Capacity and distribution
● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle

weight rating.
● Even if the total load of occupant's weight and the cargo load is less

than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly.
Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause death or serious injury.

266

2-5. Driving information

Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.

■ Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): (P. 482)
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.

■ Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.

■ Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.

■ Total load capacity and seating capacity

These details are also described on the tire and loading information
label. (P. 374)

CAUTION
■ Overloading the vehicle

Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and
braking ability, resulting in an accident.

267

When driving

■ Towing capacity

2-5. Driving information

Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving
the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.

■ Pre-winter preparations
● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures.
•
•
•
•

Motor coolant
Heater coolant
Traction battery coolant
Washer fluid

● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the 12-volt
battery.
● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set
of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.

■ Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is
frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice.
Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
● Do not try to forcibly open the charging port cap if it is frozen.
Melt the ice using a hair dryer, immediately and thoroughly
wiping away any moisture.
● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents
in front of the windshield.
● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have
accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicle's roof, chassis,
around the tires or on the brakes.
268

2-5. Driving information

● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes
before getting in the vehicle.
■ When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you
and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to
road conditions.
■ When parking the vehicle

Selecting tire chains
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length

269

When driving

Park the vehicle and push the P position switch without setting
the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing
it from being released. If necessary, block the wheels to prevent
inadvertent sliding or creeping.

2-5. Driving information

Regulations on the use of tire chains
● Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on
location and type of road. Always check local regulations before
installing chains.
● Install the chains on the front tires.
■ Tire chain installation

Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
● Install tire chains on the front tires only. Do not install tire chains on

the rear tires.
● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains

after driving 1/4  1/2 mile (0.5  1.0 km).

● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire

chains.

270

2-5. Driving information

CAUTION
■ Driving with snow tires

Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
● Use tires of the size specified.
● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of

snow tires being used.
● Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or tread-

wear.
■ Driving with tire chains

Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven
safely, and may cause death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains

being used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-

ing operations that cause sudden regenerative braking.
● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle

control is maintained.

271

When driving

● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.

2-5. Driving information

NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing snow tires

Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or
legitimate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the
operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■ Fitting tire chains

The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fitted.

272

2-5. Driving information

Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or
the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicycle, etc.
Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the use of tow
hitch mounted carriers.

When driving
273

2-5. Driving information

Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on
the ground) behind a motor home.

NOTICE
■ To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with the four wheels on the ground.

274

2-5. Driving information

When driving
275

Interior features

3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air
conditioning system ....... 276
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers....................... 292
3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ...............
• Personal/interior light
main switch ....................
• Personal/interior
lights ..............................
• Interior light ....................
• Luggage compartment
light ................................

293
294
294
295

3
3-4. Other interior features
Sun visors ........................
Vanity mirrors...................
Power outlets ...................
Seat heaters.....................
Armrest ............................
Coat hooks.......................
Assist grips.......................
Floor mat..........................
Luggage compartment
features ..........................
Garage door opener.........
Safety Connect ................

304
305
306
310
313
314
315
316
317
320
326

295

3-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ....
• Glove box.......................
• Console box...................
• Cup holders ...................
• Bottle holders.................
• Auxiliary boxes...............

296
297
298
299
300
302

275

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Automatic air conditioning system
The driving distance of the RAV4 EV is affected by the method of air
conditioning use. In order to extend driving range, Toyota recommends using AUTO ECO mode and setting temperatures conservatively.
The effect on driving range can be confirmed on the meter. (P. 218)

■ Operation mode
Mode

AUTO

ECO setting

Details

ECO LO
(Recommended)

Air conditioning is operated automatically, maintaining an optimal balance
between cabin comfort and driving
range. The seat heater is also linked
and controlled depending on conditions.

ECO HI

Air conditioning is operated automatically. More importance is placed on
extending driving range than in ECO
LO mode and the air conditioning is
used moderately. The seat heater is
also linked and controlled depending
on conditions.

Normal

Air conditioning is operated automatically with more importance placed on
cabin comfort than ECO LO mode.
Therefore, driving range is shorter
than when using ECO LO mode.

ECO

Fan speed adjustment or changing
air outlets is performed manually.
Functions that have not been set in
Manual mode will continue to operate
in AUTO ECO mode. The seat heater
is also linked and controlled depending on conditions.

Normal

Fan speed adjustment or changing
air outlets is performed manually.

Manual

276

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Pre-climate (Remote Climate Control)
By setting the schedule, the air conditioning system can be
turned on before getting in the vehicle. (P. 53)
Even if the schedule has not been set, for users who own a
smart phone, the air conditioning system can be turned on and
off when away from the vehicle. (P. 58)
■ Control panel
Passenger’s side temperature control
Windshield defogger
Automatic mode

Cooling and
dehumidification
function on/off

HVAC
display

Interior features

Eco mode

Fan speed
control
Driver’s side temperature
Off
control
Air outlet selector

SYNC mode
Outside/recirculated
air mode

The operating section of the air conditioning panel uses capacitive touch sensors. (P. 290)

277

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Display

Cooling and dehumidification
function display

AUTO mode display
ECO mode display
Driver’s side
temperature
display
Driver’s side seat heater
Fan speed
display
display
Air outlet display

Passenger’s side
temperature
display
Passenger’s
side seat
heater display
Outside/recirculated
air mode display
Rear window defogger display

Using the AUTO ECO mode or AUTO mode
AUTO ECO mode
Touch
.
The air conditioning system
begins to operate in AUTO ECO
LO mode. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted
according to the temperature
setting.
In AUTO ECO mode, depending
on the outside temperature and
the set temperature, the seat
heater operates, and the seat
heater’s temperature is automatically adjusted. (P. 310)
When in AUTO mode, air conditioning operation status is not
shown.

278

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

AUTO mode
Touch
.
The air conditioning system
begins to operate. Air outlets and
fan speed are automatically
adjusted according to the temperature setting.
When in AUTO mode, air conditioning operation status is not
shown.

■ Confirming AUTO mode operation status

The display will return to its previous state after a few seconds.

■ Changing AUTO mode
Each time

is touched, AUTO mode changes.

279

Interior features

When in AUTO mode, the operation status of fan speed, air outlet
mode, outside/recirculated air mode and whether the A/C is on or
off can be confirmed on the display by touching
.

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Using the Manual ECO mode or Manual mode
If the following operations are performed while in AUTO ECO mode,
the air conditioning system will change to Manual ECO mode. The
system will also change to Manual mode if operations are performed
when the system is off or in AUTO normal mode.
STEP 1

To adjust the fan speed, touch
on
speed and
fan speed.

to increase the fan
to decrease the

To turn the fan off, press

STEP 2

To change the air outlets, press
.
The air outlets used are switched
each time the button is pressed.
(P. 283)

280

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Changing the set temperature
Driver’s side setting
Touch

to increase

the temperature and
decrease the temperature.

Touch

to increase

the temperature and
decrease the temperature.

281

Interior features

Passenger’s side setting

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Passenger’s side setting using “SYNC” mode
When “SYNC” mode is turned on, the passenger’s side temperature will be linked to the driver's side temperature setting.
Touch

If “SYNC” mode is on, “SYNC” is
shown on the passenger's side
temperature display.
Each time
is touched,
“SYNC” mode changes between
on/off.

Defogging the windshield

Press

The dehumidification function
operates
and
fan
speed
increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air
mode switch to outside air mode
if the recirculated air mode is
used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the
side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode,
press

again when the

windshield is defogged.

282

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Air outlets and air flow
AUTO mode: The air outlets switch automatically according to conditions. The air flow mode can be confirmed by touching
.
Manual mode: The air outlets
switch

each

time

pressed.

Interior features

Air flows to the upper body.

283

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Air flows to the upper body and
feet.

Air flows mainly to the feet.

Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger operates.

284

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Adjusting the position of the air outlets
Center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.

Right and left side outlets

Opening and closing the side outlets
Open the vent.
Close the vent.

285

Interior features

Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Touch

The mode switches between
side air mode) each time
display, changing from

(recirculated air mode) and
is touched. (When

(out-

is shown on the

is not possible.)

■ Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting
and the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
after

is pressed.

■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning
on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the
windshield effectively.
● If you turn

off, the windows may fog up more easily.

● The windows may fog up if the

(recirculated air mode) is used.

● When the outside air temperature is low, it may take a while for the condensation to clear from the windshield.
■ Windshield fog detection function
When automatic mode is set, the humidity sensor (P. 291) detects fog on
the windshield and controls the air conditioning system to prevent fog.

286

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Outside/recirculated air mode
● When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the
outside/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is
effective in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the
vehicle interior effectively.
● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on
the temperature setting, the inside temperature, the outside temperature
and humidity.
Also, outside air mode may be automatically switched to when the outside temperature is low.
■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75F (24C) and the air conditioning system is on

● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the “POWER”
switch is turned to ON mode.
● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by touching

■ Air conditioning odors
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter
into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause
odor to be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
after the air conditioning system is started in AUTO mode.
■ Air conditioning filter
P. 381

287

Interior features

● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This
may also reduce traction battery power consumption.

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Operation of the air conditioning system in AUTO ECO mode
In the AUTO ECO mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows
to prioritize driving range:
● Compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/cooling capacity
● Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected

More
importance
on comfort

More
importance
on driving
range

When it is desirable to set the cabin temperature to a more comfortable one,
move the operating mode closer to
“NORMAL” by pressing ECO. When it is
desirable to increase driving range, move
the selected mode closer to “OFF” by
pressing ECO.

■ The seat heater when using ECO LO or ECO HI mode
Depending on the outside temperature and the set temperature, the seat
heater is automatically operated and its temperature adjusted. The seat
heater can be adjusted to a desired temperature using the seat heater control. (P. 310)

288

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
Depending on the battery’s condition, the air conditioning system’s usage
may be restricted or stopped (excluding the windshield defogger). If the air
conditioning is restricted or turned off, one of the following messages will be
shown on the HVAC display.
Warning message

Details
Climate Control Power possibly
limited.
• The traction battery output is low.

(Shown for a few seconds)

Any climate control setting can be
selected.

(Shown continually)

Only the windshield defogger and
rear window defogger can be
selected.
Climate Control Power possibly
limited.
• The traction battery temperature
is high.

(Shown for a few seconds)

Some climate control setting cannot be selected.

289

Interior features

Climate Control Power stopped.
• The traction battery level is very
low.
• The traction battery output is very
low.

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Handling of the air conditioning panel
The operating section of the air conditioning panel uses capacitive touch
sensors. In the following cases, incorrect operation or non-response may
occur.
● If the operating section is dirty or has liquid attached to it, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
● If the operating section receives electromagnetic waves, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
● If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur.
● If fingernails are used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
● If a touch pen is used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
● If the palm of your hand touches the operating section during operation,
incorrect operation may occur.
● If the palm of your hand touches the operating section, incorrect operation may occur.
● If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur.
■ Pre-climate operations
The pre-climate is automatically controlled by the set temperature at the time
the “POWER” switch is turned off.
■ Pre-climate operations automatic shut-off
P. 82
■ While pre-climate is operating
P. 82

CAUTION
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use

during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.

The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking
your vision.

290

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
“POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ Humidity sensor
In order to detect fog on the windshield, a
sensor which monitors the temperature of
the windshield, the surrounding humidity,
etc. is installed. (P. 286)
Follow these points to avoid damaging
the sensor:
● Do not disassemble the sensor

● Do not stick anything on the sensor

291

Interior features

● Do not spray glass cleaner on the sensor or subject it to strong impacts

3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers
The rear window defogger is used to defog the rear window. The outside rear view mirror defoggers are used to remove frost, dew or
raindrops from the outside rear view mirrors.

On/off
The defoggers will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes.

■ The defogger can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ Outside rear view mirror defoggers
Turning the rear window defogger on will turn the outside rear view mirror
defoggers on.

CAUTION
■ Outside rear view mirror defoggers
The surfaces of the outside rear view mirrors become hot. Do not touch
them to prevent from burning yourself.

292

3-2. Using the interior lights

Interior lights list

Interior features

Interior light (P. 295)
Personal/interior lights (P. 294)
Shift lever light (when the “POWER” switch is in ON mode)
“POWER” switch light
Footwell lights (turns on/off according to whether the door is
opened/closed)
Luggage compartment light (turns on/off according to whether
the back door is opened/closed)

293

3-2. Using the interior lights
Personal/interior light main switch and personal/interior lights

Personal/interior light main switch
Door position
The personal lights and interior
light come on when a door is
opened. They go off when the
doors are closed.

Off
The personal lights and interior
light can be individually turned on
or off.

Personal/interior lights
On/off

294

3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior light and luggage compartment light

Interior light
Door position
Off
On

Luggage compartment light
3

On
Interior features

Off

■ Illuminated entry system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to “POWER” switch mode, the
presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are open/closed.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge (excluding luggage compartment
light)
If the lights remain on when a door is not fully closed and the personal/interior light main switch is in door position, the lights will go off automatically
after 20 minutes.
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
295

3-3. Using the storage features

List of storage features

Bottle holders
Auxiliary boxes
Glove box
Cup holders
Console box

CAUTION
■ Items that should not be left in the storage spaces
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
● Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
● Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas,
causing a fire hazard.

296

3-3. Using the storage features
Glove box

Glove box
The glove box can be opened by pulling the lever and locked and
unlocked using the mechanical key.
Unlock
Lock
Open

CAUTION

Keep the glove box closed. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open
glove box or the items stored inside.

297

Interior features

■ Caution while driving

3-3. Using the storage features
Console box

Console box
Upper tray
Lift the lid.

Lower box
Pull the lever up and lift the lid.

CAUTION
■ Caution while driving
Keep the console box closed. In the event of sudden braking, an accident
may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open console box or the
items stored inside.

298

3-3. Using the storage features
Cup holders

Cup holders
Type A

Type B

■ Adjusting size of the cup holders (type A only)
Remove the adapters.

299

Interior features

To use the cup holders, pull the
strap forward and fold down the
center seatback.

3-3. Using the storage features
Cup holders and bottle holders

CAUTION
■ Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent burns.

Bottle holders
Front seat

Rear seat

300

3-3. Using the storage features
Bottle holders

CAUTION
■ Items unsuitable for the bottle holder
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.

NOTICE
■ Items that should not be stowed in the bottle holders
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bottle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may
spill and glasses may break.

Interior features
301

3-3. Using the storage features
Auxiliary boxes

Auxiliary boxes
Type A
To open and close the auxiliary
box, press the button.

Type B
Press the lid.

CAUTION
■ Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed. In the event of sudden braking, an accident
may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open auxiliary box or the
items stored inside.
■ Items unsuitable for storing (type B)
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the overhead console to open and the items inside may
fall out, resulting in an accident.

302

3-3. Using the storage features
Auxiliary boxes

NOTICE
■ Operating the auxiliary box
If it is difficult to open or close the auxiliary box on a steep hill, move the
vehicle to a level place. To avoid damage to the auxiliary box, do not apply
excessive force to operate it.

Interior features
303

3-4. Other interior features

Sun visors
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and
swing to the side.
Side extender:
Place in side position then
slide backwards.

304

3-4. Other interior features

Vanity mirrors
Slide the cover to open.
The light turns on when the
cover is opened.

NOTICE
3

■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge

305

Interior features

Do not leave the vanity lights on for extended periods while the EV system is
off.

3-4. Other interior features

Power outlets
The power outlet can be used for 12 V accessories that run on less
than 10 A.

Type A

Type B

Type C

306

3-4. Other interior features

■ The power outlet can be used when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.

CAUTION
■ Using a power outlet
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury.
● Use of the power outlet when it is wet with water or snow may result in
electrical shocks and is extremely dangerous. The power outlet must be
thoroughly dried before use.
● Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet.
● Be careful not to get any part of your body caught in the power outlet lid.

● Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet in any way. Doing so
may result in unexpected malfunctions or accidents, which could cause
serious damage or injuries. Contact your Toyota dealer for any necessary
repairs.
■ To prevent injuries and accidents, securely fix all electric appliances
before use and do not use any appliances that may do any of the following:
● Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving.
● Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling, falling or overheating while driving.
● Emit steam while the windows of the cabin are closed.

307

Interior features

● When using electrical appliances, strictly follow any cautions and notices
written on their labels and in the manufacturers' instruction manuals.

3-4. Other interior features

CAUTION
■ To prevent unexpected accidents, such as electric shocks, do not perform any of the following:
● Using the power outlet for electric heaters while sleeping.
● Contaminating the power outlet with liquid substances or mud.
● Handling electrical appliance plugs at the power outlet with wet hands or
feet.
● Inserting foreign objects into the power outlet.
● Using malfunctioning electric appliances.
● Inserting inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the power outlet.

NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the power outlet and the plug
● Close the power outlet lid when not in use.
● Do not allow foreign objects or liquids to enter the power outlet, as this
may cause a short circuit.
● Do not use plug adaptors to connect too many plugs to the power outlet.
● After removing a plug, gently close the power outlet lid.
■ To prevent blown fuse
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the EV system is
off.

308

3-4. Other interior features

NOTICE
■ To prevent any damage caused by heat
● Do not use any electrical appliances that give off intense heat, such as
toasters.
● Do not use any electrical appliances that are easily affected by vibration or
heat inside the vehicle. Vibration while driving, or the heat of the sun while
parking, may result in damage to those electrical appliances.
■ If any electrical appliances are to be used while driving
Securely fasten both the appliances and their cables to prevent them from
falling or getting caught in any of the power train components.
■ If the power outlet is loose when an electrical appliance plug is connected

■ If the power outlet gets dirty
Use a soft, clean cloth to wipe it gently. Do not use any cleansing materials,
such as organic solvents, wax, or compound cleaners, as these may damage the power outlet or cause it to malfunction.

309

Interior features

Replace the outlet. Contact your Toyota dealer for any necessary replacements.

3-4. Other interior features

Seat heaters
Display
Seat heater control (driver’s
seat)
Seat heater control (front
passenger seat)

■ Linked to air conditioning operations
When the air conditioning is
set to ECO LO or ECO HI
mode, the seat heater is automatically operated and its temperature
automatically
adjusted according to the outside temperature and air conditioning settings.
“ECO” is shown on the display.

310

3-4. Other interior features

■ Manual Mode
Each time the seat heater control is touched, the seat heater's
operation or temperature setting changes.
Seat heater off
High
Medium
Low

Interior features

■ The seat heaters can be used when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■ When not in use
Turn the seat heater off.
■ Front passenger seat heater
● When the air-conditioning is in ECO LO or ECO HI mode, the seat heater
automatically turns on/off depending on whether the front passenger seat
is occupied or not.
● When the seat heater is operating in manual mode, it does not automatically turn on/off depending on whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not.
● In order to prevent unintended seat heater operation, do not place luggage on the passenger seat.
The sensor may mistakenly judge the seat to be occupied and turn the
seat heater on.

311

3-4. Other interior features

CAUTION
■ Burns
● Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat
heater on to avoid the possibility of burns:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically challenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
● Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater.
Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature
of the seat and may lead to overheating.
● Do not use the seat heater more than necessary. Doing so may cause
minor burns or overheating.

NOTICE
■ To prevent seat heater damage
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Turn the seat heaters off when the EV system is off.

312

3-4. Other interior features

Armrest
To use the armrest, pull the
strap forward and fold down
the center seatback.
To return the rear center seatback to its original position, lift
it up until it locks.

NOTICE
3

■ To prevent damage to the armrest
Do not place too much strain on the armrest.

Interior features
313

3-4. Other interior features

Coat hooks

CAUTION
■ Items that must not be hung on the hook
Do not hang a coat hanger or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the coat hook
Do not place too much load on the coat hook.

314

3-4. Other interior features

Assist grips
An assist grip installed on the ceiling can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.

CAUTION

Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the assist grip
Do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.

315

Interior features

■ Assist grip

3-4. Other interior features

Floor mat
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.

Fix the floor mat in place using
the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
The shape of the retaining
hooks (clips) and the fixing
procedure of the floor mat for
your vehicle may differ from
those shown in the illustration.
For details, refer to the floor
mat retention clip installation
instructions supplied with the
clips.

CAUTION
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver's floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle, leading to a serious accident.
■ When installing the driver's floor mat
● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
● Only use floor mats designed for the driver's seat.
● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■ Before driving
● Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
● With the EV system stopped and the
shift position in P, fully depress each
pedal to the floor to make sure it does
not interfere with the floor mat.
316

3-4. Other interior features

Luggage compartment features
■ Cargo hooks
Pull the hook down to use it.
The cargo hooks are provided
for securing loose items.

■ Grocery bag hooks
3

Interior features

■ Storage box
Type A
The rear deck board can be folded up into two positions.
STEP 1

Lift the rear deck board.

317

3-4. Other interior features

STEP 2

Fold up the deck board.
The deck
removed.

board

can

Type B
Lift the front deck board.

318

3-4. Other interior features

CAUTION
■ When the cargo hooks are not in use
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their stowed positions.
■ Caution while driving
Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and
cause injury.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the grocery bag hooks
Do not hang heavy loads on the hooks.

■ Space unsuitable for storing items
Do not put items in the space behind the
cover on the left side of the luggage compartment.
The items may collide with the ECU while
driving, damaging the unit.

319

Interior features

ECU

3-4. Other interior features

Garage door opener
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems, security systems, and other devices.
The garage door opener (HomeLink Universal Transceiver) is manufactured under license from HomeLink.

Programming HomeLink®
The HomeLink compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming method below appropriate for the device.
Buttons
Indicator

320

3-4. Other interior features

■ Programming HomeLink®
STEP 1

Point the remote control transmitter for the device 1 to 3 in. (25
to 75 mm) from the HomeLink
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink indicator
light in view while programming.

STEP 2

If the HomeLink indicator light
comes on but does not flash, or
flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and
remains lit, the HomeLink button
is already programmed. Use the
other buttons or follow the
“Reprogramming a HomeLink
button” instructions. (P. 324)

321

Interior features

Press and hold one of the
HomeLink buttons and the
transmitter button. When the
HomeLink
indicator
light
changes from a slow to a rapid
flash, you can release both buttons.

3-4. Other interior features

Test the HomeLink operation
by pressing the newly programmed button.

STEP 3

If a HomeLink button has been
programmed for a garage door,
check to see if the garage door
opens and closes. If the garage
door does not operate, see if your
remote control transmitter is of
the rolling code type. Press and
hold the programmed HomeLink
button. The remote control transmitter is of the rolling code type if
the HomeLink indicator light
flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and
then remains lit. If your transmitter is of the rolling code type, proceed
to
the
heading
“Programming a rolling code system”.
STEP 4

Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of
the remaining HomeLink buttons.

■ Programming a Rolling Code system
If your device is Rolling Code equipped, follow the steps under the
heading “Programming HomeLink” before proceeding with the
steps listed below.
STEP 1

Locate the training button on the ceiling mounted garage door
opener motor. The exact location and color of the button may
vary by brand of garage door opener motor.
Refer to the operation manual supplied with the garage door opener
motor for the location of the training button.

STEP 2

Press the training button.
Following this step, you have 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3
below.

322

3-4. Other interior features

STEP 3

Press and hold the vehicle's programmed HomeLink button
for 3 seconds and then release it. Repeat this step once
again. The garage door may open.
If the garage door opens, the programming process is complete. If
the door does not open, press and release the button a third time.
This third press and release will complete the programming process
by opening the garage door.
The ceiling mounted garage door opener motor should now recognize the HomeLink signal and operate the garage door.

STEP 4

Repeat the steps above to program another rolling code system for any of the remaining HomeLink buttons.

■ Programming an entry gate
STEP 1

Place the remote control transmitter 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm)
away from the HomeLink buttons.

STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 4
STEP 5

STEP 6

Press and hold the selected HomeLink button.
Repeatedly press and release (cycle) the remote control
transmitter for 2 seconds each until step 4 is completed.
When the HomeLink indicator light starts to flash rapidly,
release the buttons.
Test the HomeLink operation by pressing the newly programmed button. Check to see if the gate/device operates
correctly.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of
the remaining HomeLink buttons.

■ Programming other devices
To program other devices such as home security systems, home
door locks and lighting, contact your Toyota dealer for assistance.
■ Reprogramming a button

The individual HomeLink buttons cannot be erased but can be
reprogrammed. To reprogram a button, follow the “Reprogramming
a HomeLink button” instructions.
323

Interior features

Keep the HomeLink indicator light in view while programming.

3-4. Other interior features

Operating HomeLink®
Press the appropriate HomeLink button. The HomeLink indicator
light should come on.
The HomeLink compatible transceiver in your vehicle continues to send
a signal for up to 20 seconds as long as the button is pressed.

Reprogramming a HomeLink® button
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. After 20 seconds, the
HomeLink indicator light will start flashing slowly. Keep pressing the
HomeLink button and press and hold the transmitter button until the
HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapid flash.
Release the buttons.
Erasing the entire HomeLink® memory (all three programs)
Press and hold the 2 outside buttons for 10 seconds until the indicator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink memory.

324

3-4. Other interior features

■ Before programming
● Install a new battery in the remote control transmitter.
● The battery side of the remote control transmitter must be pointed away
from the HomeLinkbutton.
■ Certification for the garage door opener
FCC ID:NZLOBIHL4
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

■ When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

CAUTION
■ When programming a garage door or other remote control devices
The garage door or other devices may operate, so ensure people and
objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
■ Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink compatible transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an interfering object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.

325

Interior features

FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

3-4. Other interior features

Safety Connect
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that uses
Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular technology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety
Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated response center,
which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound
by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and its Terms and
Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current
copy of which is available at Toyota.com. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Conditions.

■ System components
Microphone
“SOS” button
LED light indicators

326

3-4. Other interior features

■ Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
● Automatic Collision Notification*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency
service providers. (P. 329)

*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
● Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 330)
● Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 330)

■ Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms is available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call 1-800-331-4331, or push the “SOS” button in your vehicle for further subscription details.

327

Interior features

● Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 330)

3-4. Other interior features

■ Safety Connect Services Information
● Phone calls using the vehicles Bluetooth® technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
● Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models.
Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the
telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to
reach the response center or receive emergency service support. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement required. A variety
of subscription terms is available; charges vary by subscription term
selected.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle
Location, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance will function in the United
States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and in Canada. No Safety Connect
services will function outside of the United States in countries other than
Canada.
● Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommunications Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
■ Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English and Spanish.
Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
■ When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.

328

3-4. Other interior features

Safety Connect LED light Indicators
When the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, the red indicator
light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
● Green indicator light on = Active service
● Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
● Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction (contact your Toyota dealer)
3

● No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active

■ Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision,
the system is designed to automatically call the response center.
The responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts
to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent
automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest
emergency services provider to describe the situation, and
requests that assistance be sent to the location.

329

Interior features

Safety Connect services

3-4. Other interior features

■ Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local authorities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1800-331-4331 and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate
this service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com.
■ Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button
to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering
agent will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center agent
that you are not experiencing an emergency.

■ Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, etc. For a description of the Enhanced
Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the
Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are available at
Toyota.com.

330

3-4. Other interior features

Safety information for Safety Connect
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
■ Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wireless phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.

● ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]

● ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists,
engineers, and physicians from universities, and government
health agencies and industries reviewed the available body of
research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.

331

Interior features

● NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement) Report 86 [1986]

3-4. Other interior features

■ Certification for Safety Connect
FCC ID: O9EGTM1
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

332

Maintenance and care

4
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior......... 334
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior.......... 337
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements .................. 340
General maintenance....... 342
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ....................
Hood ................................
Positioning a floor jack .....
Motor compartment..........
Tires .................................
Tire inflation pressure ......
Wheels .............................
Air conditioning filter.........
Electronic key battery.......
Checking and replacing
fuses ..............................
Headlight aim ...................
Light bulbs........................

346
349
351
355
366
374
378
381
383
385
398
400

333

4-1. Maintenance and care

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime
condition:

● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body and wheel wells of the vehicle to remove any dirt and
dust.
● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water.
● Wipe away any water.
● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.

■ Before washing the vehicle
Check that the charging port cap and charging port door on your vehicle are
closed properly.
■ Automatic car washes
● Fold the mirrors and remove the antenna before washing the vehicle.
Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to re-install the
antenna and extend the mirrors before driving.
● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface
and harm your vehicle’s paint.
● In certain automatic car washes, the rear spoiler may interfere with
machine operation. This may prevent the vehicle from being cleaned
properly or result in damage to the rear spoiler.
■ High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.

334

4-1. Maintenance and care

■ Aluminum wheels
● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use
hard brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical
cleaners. Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
● Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
● Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
■ Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.

CAUTION
■ While charging
Do not wash the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the electrical components to malfunction or catch fire
and also you may get an electric shock that may result in death or serious
injury.

■ When washing the vehicle

● Do not wash the underbody using a high-pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the traction battery to malfunction or catch fire.

335

Maintenance and care

● Do not apply water to the inside of the motor compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire.

4-1. Maintenance and care

NOTICE
■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and components (aluminum wheels etc.)
● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
•
•
•
•

After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■ Cleaning the exterior lights
● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
● Do not apply wax on the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■ Antenna installation and removal precautions
● Before driving, ensure that the antenna is installed.
● When the antenna is removed, such as before entering an automatic car
wash, make sure to store it in a suitable place so as not to lose it. Also,
before driving, make sure to reinstall the antenna in its original position.
■ To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side
wiper arm upward first, and repeat for the passenger side. When returning
the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.

336

4-1. Maintenance and care

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle's interior and
keep it in top condition:

■ Protecting the vehicle interior
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
■ Cleaning the leather areas
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened
with diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.

● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly
wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.

■ Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
● Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
● Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather using a
sponge or soft cloth.
● Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the
dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.

337

Maintenance and care

● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.

4-1. Maintenance and care

■ Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year
to maintain the quality of the vehicle's interior.
■ Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use
water. Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by
keeping the carpet as dry as possible.
■ Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.

CAUTION
■ Water in the vehicle
● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle, such as on the floor. Doing so
may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire.
● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 155)
Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or severe injury.
■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off
the windshield, obstructing the driver's view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.

338

4-1. Maintenance and care

NOTICE
■ Cleaning detergents
● Do not use organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, acidic or
alkaline solutions, dye, bleach or other detergent. Doing so may discolor
the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces.
● Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel's or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.

■ Water on the floor

■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window
● Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth
dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the
window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.

339

Maintenance and care

Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.

4-2. Maintenance

Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular
maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform
regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance:

■ General maintenance
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis.
This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
■ Scheduled maintenance
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

■ Do-it-yourself maintenance
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s
Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

■ Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or
if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage.

340

4-2. Maintenance

■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date
with the latest service information. They are well informed about the
operations of all systems on your vehicle.
● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly
take care of it.

CAUTION
■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible serious injury or death.
■ Handling of the 12-volt battery
● Oils and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately.

341

Maintenance and care

● 12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your
hands after handling. (P. 362)

4-2. Maintenance

General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner's Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Scheduled
Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem you notice
should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified
service shop for advice.

Motor compartment
Items

342

Check points

12-volt battery

Check the connections.
(P. 362)

Brake fluid

Is the brake fluid at the correct
level?
(P. 361)

Motor/traction battery coolant

Is the coolant at the correct level?
(P. 357)

Heater coolant

Is the coolant at the correct level?
(P. 359)

Condenser/radiators

The condenser and radiators
should be free from foreign
objects.
(P. 360)

Washer fluid

Is there sufficient washer fluid?
(P. 365)

4-2. Maintenance

Vehicle interior
Items

Check points
• The accelerator pedal should
move smoothly (without uneven
pedal effort or catching).

Brake pedal

• Does the brake pedal move
smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor?
(P. 487)
• Does the brake pedal have the
correct amount of free play?
(P. 487)

Brakes

• The vehicle should not pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effectively.
• The brake pedal should not feel
spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get
too close to the floor when the
brakes are applied.

Head restraints

• Do the head restraints move
smoothly and lock securely?

Transmission “Park” mechanism

• When parked on a slope and the
parking brake is on, is the vehicle
securely stopped?

Indicators/buzzers

• Do the indicators and buzzers
function properly?

Lights

• Do all the lights come on?
• Are the headlights aimed correctly? (P. 398)

343

Maintenance and care

Accelerator pedal

4-2. Maintenance

Items

344

Check points

Parking brake

• Does the parking brake lever
move smoothly?
• When parked on a slope and the
parking brake is on, is the vehicle
securely stopped?

Seat belts

• Do the seat belts operate
smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be damaged.

Seats

• Do the seat controls operate
properly?

Steering wheel

• Does the steering wheel rotate
smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the
correct amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange
sounds coming from the steering
wheel.

4-2. Maintenance

Vehicle exterior
Items

Check points

Doors

• Do the doors operate smoothly?

Hood

• Does the hood lock system work
properly?

Fluid leaks

• There should not be any signs of
fluid leakage after the vehicle has
been parked.

Tires

• Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
• The tires should not be damaged or excessively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated
according to the maintenance
schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be
loose.
• The wiper blades should not
show any signs of cracking,
splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
• The wiper blades should clear
the windshield/rear window
without streaking or skipping.

Maintenance and care

Windshield wipers/rear window
wiper

345

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct
procedures as given in these sections.
Items
12-volt battery condition(P. 362)

• Grease
• Conventional wrench
(for terminal clamp bolts)

Brake fluid level

(P. 361)

• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE
J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding
brake fluid)

(P. 357)

• “Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48”
only
The dilution ratio for both “Zerex
G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is
50% coolant and 50% deionized
water.
• Funnel (used only for adding
motor coolant)

Traction battery coolant level
(P. 357)


(Contact your Toyota dealer if the
level is on or below the “L” line.
The reservoir cap is not intended
to be opened by the user.
Improper filling can lead to traction battery system damage. Only
qualified personnel should service
the traction battery coolant.)

Motor coolant level

346

Parts and tools

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Items

Parts and tools

(P. 359)

Fuses

(P. 385)

• Fuse with same amperage rating
as original

Headlight aim

(P. 398)

• Phillips-head screwdriver

(P. 400)

• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original
• Flathead screwdriver
• Phillips-head screwdriver

Light bulb

Condenser and radiators
(P. 360)



Tire inflation pressure (P. 374)

• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source

Washer fluid

• Water or washer fluid containing
antifreeze (for winter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding
water or washer fluid)

(P. 365)

Maintenance and care

Heater coolant level

• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50%
coolant and 50% deionized
water.
• Funnel (used only for adding
heater coolant)

347

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
The motor compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move
suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or
serious injury, observe the following precautions:
■ When working on the motor compartment
● Make sure that the indicator on the “POWER” switch and the “READY”
indicator are both off.
● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fans.
● Be careful not to touch the motor, power control unit, radiator, heater, etc.
right after driving as they may be hot. Coolant and other fluids may also be
hot.
● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
motor compartment.
● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to the 12-volt battery. 12-volt battery fumes are flammable.
● Be extremely cautious when working on the 12-volt battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
● Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with
clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
● Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high voltage parts,
cables and their connectors. It can cause severe burns or electric shock
that may result in death or serious injury.
■ When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Be sure the “POWER” switch is off.
With the “POWER” switch in ON mode, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (P. 360)
■ Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from
getting in the eyes.

348

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
STEP 1

Pull the hood release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.

STEP 2

Lift the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.

Maintenance and care

STEP 3

Lift up the supporting rod.

349

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 4

Hold the hood open by inserting the supporting rod into the
slot.

CAUTION
■ Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
■ After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.

NOTICE
■ When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.

350

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Positioning a floor jack
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.

■ Positioning a floor jack
Front

Rear
4

Maintenance and care
351

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Positioning a Jack stand

Using the jack stands

Front

Undercover

Traction
battery

Before lowering the vehicle onto jack stands, check that the jack
stands will not contact the traction battery or undercover.
352

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ When raising your vehicle
Make sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of death or serious injury.
● Lift up the vehicle using a floor jack
such as the one shown in the illustration.

● When using a floor jack, follow the instructions of the manual provided with
the jack.
● Do not put any part of your body or get underneath the vehicle supported
only by the floor jack.
● Always use floor jack and/or automotive jack stands on a solid, flat, level
surface.

● Do not start the EV system while the vehicle is supported by the floor jack.

Maintenance and care

● Stop the vehicle on level, firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and
push the “P” position switch.
● Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point.
Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage
the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in the vehicle.
● When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top of or underneath
the floor jack.

353

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ Tire jack usage
● Do not use a tire jack because its arms
may interfere with the traction battery in
the vehicle underbody.

Inside

● Forcibly using a tire jack may damage
the traction battery or cause the vehicle
to fall off the jack, resulting in death or
serious injury.

■ When using jack stands

Inside

354

When lowering the vehicle onto jack
stands, do not let the jack stands contact
the traction battery or undercover. Doing
so may damage the vehicle underbody.
Working on the vehicle while a jack stand
is contacting the traction battery is particularly dangerous because it may not only
damage the traction battery, but the vehicle may fall, causing an accident that
results in death or serious injury.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Motor compartment

Fuse boxes

(P. 385)

12-volt battery

(P. 362)

Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 361)

Radiators

(P. 360)

Condenser

(P. 360)

Maintenance and care

Motor coolant reservoir
(P. 357)

Traction battery coolant
reservoir
(P. 357)

Electric cooling fans
Washer fluid tank (P. 365)

Heater coolant reservoir
(P. 359)

355

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Motor compartment cover
■ Removing the motor compartment cover

■ Installing the clips

NOTICE
■ After installing a motor compartment cover
Make sure that the cover is securely installed in its original position.

356

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Motor/traction battery coolant
Motor coolant reservoir
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the EV system is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL”
“LOW”
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line. (P. 485)

Traction battery coolant reservoir
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the EV system is cold.

“L”
Contact your Toyota dealer if the
level is on or below the “L” line.
The reservoir cap is not intended
to be opened by the user.
Improper filling can lead to traction battery system damage. Only
qualified personnel should service the traction battery coolant.

357

Maintenance and care

“F”

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Coolant selection
Only use “Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48”.
“Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” are blue in color.
Reference:
The dilution ratio for both “Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: approximately -32F
[-36C])
For more details about motor/traction battery coolant, contact your Toyota
dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, motor/traction battery coolant reservoir
cap, drain cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION
■ When the EV system is hot
Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.

NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
● Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture
of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
● Do not add heater coolant to the motor coolant reservoir. Doing so will
negatively affect the coolant’s performance and cause the cooling system
to malfunction.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.

358

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Heater coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the heater system is cold.
Reservoir cap
“F”
“L”
If the level is on or below the “L”
line, add coolant up to the “F” line.
(P. 485)

■ Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant
with long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F [-35C])
For more details about heater coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the hoses, heater coolant reservoir cap, drain cock and water
pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the heater system.

CAUTION
■ When the heater is in use or just after use
Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap.
The heater system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.

359

Maintenance and care

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pink in color.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

NOTICE
■ When adding heater coolant
● Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture
of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication and
corrosion protection. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
● Do not add motor coolant to the heater coolant reservoir. Doing so will
negatively affect the coolant’s performance and cause the heater system
to malfunction.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.

Condenser and radiators
Check the condenser and radiators, and clear away any foreign
objects.
If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
■ When the EV system is hot
Do not touch the condenser or radiators as they may be hot and cause serious injuries, such as burns.

360

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Brake fluid
■ Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.

■ Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Fluid type
Items

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid
Clean funnel

Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking
efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.

CAUTION
■ When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage painted
surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.

361

Maintenance and care

■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

NOTICE
■ If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.

12-volt battery
Check the 12-volt battery as follows:
■ 12-volt battery exterior
Make sure that the 12-volt battery terminals are not corroded and
that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp

■ Before recharging the 12-volt battery
When recharging, the 12-volt battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following precautions before
recharging:
● If recharging with the 12-volt battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to
disconnect the ground cable.
● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to the 12-volt battery.

362

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ After recharging/reconnecting the 12-volt battery
● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible
immediately after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. If this happens, use
the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the
doors.
● Start the EV system with the “POWER” switch in ACCESSORY mode.
The EV system may not start with the “POWER” switch turned off. However, the EV system will operate normally from the second attempt.
● The “POWER” switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the 12-volt battery is reconnected, the vehicle will return the “POWER” switch mode to
the status it was in before the 12-volt battery was disconnected. Make
sure to turn the “POWER” switch off before disconnecting the 12-volt battery. Take extra care when connecting the 12-volt battery if the “POWER”
switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
● When the 12-volt battery is reconnected, start the EV system, depress
the brake pedal, and confirm that it is possible to shift into each shift position.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.

■ Chemicals in the 12-volt battery
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may
produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk
of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or
near the 12-volt battery:
● Do not cause sparks by touching the 12-volt battery terminals with tools.
● Do not smoke or light a match near the 12-volt battery.
● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the 12-volt battery.
● Keep children away from the 12-volt battery.

363

Maintenance and care

CAUTION

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ Where to safely charge the 12-volt battery
Always charge the 12-volt battery in an open area. Do not charge the 12-volt
battery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
■ How to recharge the 12-volt battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The 12-volt battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
● If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
● If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
● If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.

NOTICE
■ When recharging the 12-volt battery
Never recharge the 12-volt battery while the EV system is operating. Also,
be sure all accessories are turned off.

364

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Washer fluid
If any washer does not work or
the warning message appears
on the multi-information display,
the washer tank may be empty.
Add washer fluid.

CAUTION
■ When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the EV system is hot or operating as washer
fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the motor etc.
4

NOTICE

Do not use soapy water or antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
■ Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bottle.

365

Maintenance and care

■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear.
When replacing a tire or performing tire rotation, contact your
Toyota dealer.

■ Checking tires
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear
indicators is shown by the
“TWI” or “ ” marks, etc.,
molded on the sidewall of
each tire.

■ Tire rotation
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.

Front

To equalize tire wear and
extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is
carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.

■ The tire pressure warning system
Your Toyota is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that
uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low
tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise. (P. 419)

366

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes
must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire
pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota
dealer. (P. 367)
Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter. Have the ID code registered by your
Toyota dealer.

Maintenance and care
367

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ When to replace your vehicle's tires

Tires should be replaced if:
● You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to

expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage.
● A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the

size or location of a cut or other damage.
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■ Replacing tires and wheels

If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not
registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After
driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
■ Tire life

Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■ Routine tire inflation pressure checks

The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
■ Maximum load of tire

Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of
the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the
tire, see the load limit at maximum cold
tire inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (P. 489)

368

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Tire types
● Summer tires

Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When
installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
● All season tires

All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also,
all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway driving.
● Snow tires

■ If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)

The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.

369

Maintenance and care

For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (P. 268)

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Tire pressure warning system certification

U.S.A.
FCC ID: PAXPMV107J
FCC ID: HYQ13BCX
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du
dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu,
même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le
fonctionnement du dispositif.

370

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle
● Do not use a tire jack because its

arms may interfere with the traction
battery in the vehicle underbody.
● Forcibly using a tire jack may damage
Inside

the traction battery or cause the vehicle to fall off the jack, resulting in
death or serious injury.

■ Replacing a tire

● Do not try to remove the ornament by hand. Take due care in handling
● Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to

loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.

371

Maintenance and care

the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ When inspecting or replacing tires

Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so
may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
● Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.

Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
● Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
● Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply

tires).
● Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
● Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.

Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.

NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,

transmitters and tire valve caps
● When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning

valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
● When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than

those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-

ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 367)

372

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

NOTICE
■ Driving on rough roads

Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may
cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle's wheels
and body.
■ If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving

Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.

Maintenance and care
373

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Tire inflation pressure
■ Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are
displayed on the tire and loading information label. (P. 489)

374

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Inspection and adjustment procedure
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge

STEP 1

Remove the tire valve cap.

STEP 2

Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.

STEP 3

Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.

STEP 4

If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended
level, adjust the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to
deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement
and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check
for leakage.

STEP 6

Put the tire valve cap back on.

■ Tire inflation pressure check interval

You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month.

375

Maintenance and care

STEP 5

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure

Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
● Reduced traction battery efficiency
● Reduced driving comfort and tire life
● Reduced safety
● Damage to the drive train

If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
■ Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure

When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
● Check only when the tires are cold.

If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold
tire inflation pressure reading.
● Always use a tire pressure gauge.

The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation pressure that is even just a few pounds off can affect ride quality
and handling.
● Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal for tire

inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
● Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.

Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle
is balanced.

376

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance

Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and result in an accident
causing death or serious injury:
● Excessive wear
● Uneven wear
● Poor handling
● Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
● Poor sealing of the tire bead
● Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
● A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards

NOTICE

■ When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure

377

Maintenance and care

Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and
cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps are lost,
replace them as soon as possible.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced.
Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss
of handling control.

■ Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that
they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter,
rim width and inset*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
● Wheels of different sizes or types
● Used wheels
● Bent wheels that have been straightened
■ Aluminum wheel precautions
● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use
with your aluminum wheels.
● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
● Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using
tire chains.
● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and
use a plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.

378

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ When replacing wheels

The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must be installed. (P. 367)

CAUTION
■ When replacing wheels
● Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in

the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
● Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a

tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
■ When installing the wheel nuts
● Be sure to install the wheel nuts with

the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.

● Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.

Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.

379

Maintenance and care

Tapered
portion

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

NOTICE
■ Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
● Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure

warning valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by
your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make
sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at
your Toyota dealer.
● Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.

Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.

380

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air
conditioning efficiency.

■ Removal method
STEP 1

Turn the “POWER” switch off.

STEP 2

Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.

STEP 3

Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
4

Maintenance and care

STEP 4

Remove the filter cover.

381

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Replacement method
Remove the air conditioning
filter and replace it with a new
one.
The“UP” marks shown on the
filter should be pointing up.

■ Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.

CAUTION
■ When replacing the air conditioning filter
Do not use pre-climate. Doing so may cause the air conditioning system to
operate during the procedure and you could get caught in moving parts such
as the blower fan, possibly resulting in injury.

NOTICE
■ When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.

382

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Electronic key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.

■ You will need the following items:
● Flathead screwdriver
● Small flathead screwdriver
● Lithium battery CR1632
■ Replacing the battery
STEP 1

Take out the mechanical key.

4
STEP 2

Remove the cover.

STEP 3

Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.

383

Maintenance and care

To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver
with a rag.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Use a CR1632 lithium battery
● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance shops or camera stores.
● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the
manufacturer.
● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■ If the electronic key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur.
● The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function properly.
● The operational range will be reduced.

CAUTION
■ Removed electronic key battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.

NOTICE
■ For normal operation after replacing the electronic key battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
● Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
● Do not bend either of the battery terminals.

384

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Checking and replacing fuses

If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have
blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
STEP 1

Turn the “POWER” switch off.

STEP 2

Open the fuse box cover.

Motor compartment
Type A: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.

Type B: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.

385

Maintenance and care

Type C: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Under the instrument panel
Front side of the fuse block:
Remove the cover.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with tape.

Fuse block (under side view):
Remove the lid.

386

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 3

After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage ratings” (P. 389) for details about which fuse to check.

STEP 4

Only type A fuse can be
removed using the pullout
tool.

STEP 5

Check if the fuse is blown.

Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse

Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace the blown fuse with a
new fuse of an appropriate
amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the
fuse box lid.

387

Maintenance and care

Replace the blown fuse with a
new fuse of an appropriate
amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the
fuse box lid.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Type C
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact your Toyota dealer.

Type D
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact your Toyota dealer.

388

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Fuse layout and amperage ratings
■ Motor compartment
Type A (driver’s side)

Fuse

Ampere

Circuit

INV MTR

10 A

Inverter motor

IGDI 1

10 A

Traction battery, multiplex communication system, thermal control
system

BATT W/P 1

15 A

Traction battery

BATT W/P 2

15 A

Traction battery

P/T W/P

15 A

Cooling system

IGDI MAIN

20 A

INV MTR, IGDI 1

HAZ

15 A

Emergency flashers

IGCT 3

20 A

PM-IGCT, P CNT-IGCT, A/C-IGCT,
FAN-IGCT

G/W-B

10 A

Multiplex communication system

RADIO

30 A

Audio system

P CNT-B

7.5 A

Parking control system

Maintenance and care

389

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Fuse

Ampere

Circuit

ABS 1

30 A

Anti-lock brake system

ECB 1

50 A

Electronically controlled brake system

ECB 2

50 A

Electronically controlled brake system

W/P-IGCT

50 A

P/T W/P, BATT W/P 1, BATT W/P 2

EPS

60 A

Electric power steering

P/I

60 A

IGCT-D, HORN, parking control
system, IG2

MAIN

60 A

H-LP MAIN, DRL, ODS, smart key
system, ABS 2, steering lock system, PM-B, ECU-B MAIN

CONTACTOR

15 A

Traction battery, charging system

IG2

15 A

Starting system

HORN

10 A

Horn

IGCT-D

7.5 A

Thermal control system, power
management ECU, parking control
system, multiplex communication
system

PM-IGCT

7.5 A

Power management system

P CNT-IGCT

7.5 A

Parking control system

A/C-IGCT

10 A

Air conditioning system

FAN-IGCT

7.5 A

Electric cooling fans

390

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Type B (passenger’s side)

Fuse

Ampere

Circuit

THRML CTRL

10 A

Thermal control system

G/W-IGCT

10 A

Multiplex communication system

DRL

7.5 A

Daytime running light system

ECU-B 2

7.5 A

Air conditioning system

A/C-B

7.5 A

Gauges and meters, steering sensor

H-LP LH-LO

10 A

Left-hand headlight (low beam)

H-LP RH-LO

10 A

Right-hand headlight (low beam)

H-LP LH-HI

10 A

Left-hand headlight (high beam)

H-LP RH-HI

10 A

Right-hand headlight (high beam)

DOME

7.5 A

Foot lights, vanity lights, interior
lights, personal lights, luggage
compartment light

ECU-B 1

7.5 A

Anti-glare inside rear view mirror,
smart key system

DCM-B

7.5 A

DCM-B

P CNT MTR

30 A

Parking control system

Maintenance and care

391

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Fuse

Ampere

Circuit

SMART

7.5 A

Smart key system

STRG LOCK

20 A

Steering lock system

AM2

7.5 A

Starting system

ABS 2

7.5 A

Anti-lock brake system

PTC HTR 2

50 A

Air conditioning system

PTC HTR 1

50 A

Air conditioning system

PTC HTR 3

50 A

Air conditioning system

CHARGER

Charging system

IGCT 2

20 A

THRML CTRL, G/W-IGCT

HV BATT

10 A

Traction battery

PM-B

7.5 A

Power management system

ODS

7.5 A

Occupant classification system

HTR

50 A

Air conditioning system

FAN 1

50 A

Electric cooling fans

FAN 2

50 A

Electric cooling fans

H-LP MAIN

40 A

H-LP LH-LO, H-LP RH-LO, H-LP
LH-HI, H-LP RH-HI, manual headlight leveling system, daytime running light system

ECU-B MAIN

30 A

ECU-B 2, A/C-B

SPARE

Spare fuse

SPARE

10 A

Spare fuse

SPARE

20 A

Spare fuse

392

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Type C

Fuse

FL J/B

Ampere

140 A

Circuit
ECU-IG1 2, back-up lights, windshield wipers and washers, rear
window wiper and washer, ECUIG1 1, seat heaters, ECU-IG1 3,
power windows, stop lights, OBD,
ACC-MAIN, charging indicator,
DEF, TAIL, power outlets, switch
illumination, instrument panel
lights, gauges and meters, audio
system, air conditioning system

Maintenance and care
393

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Under the instrument panel
Front side of the fuse block

Fuse

394

Ampere

Circuit

DCM-IG2

PM-IG2

Power management system

IG2 2

Steering lock system, smart key
system

IG2 1

Electronically controlled brake system, stop/tail lights, high mounted
stoplight

SSR-IG1

Vehicle stability control system,
steering sensor

EPS-IG1

Electric power steering

P/W-MAIN

30 A

Power windows

DEF

30 A

Rear window defogger

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Fuse block (under side view)

Fuse

Ampere

Circuit

TAIL

10 A

Tail lights, license plate light, side
marker lights, daytime running light
system

PANEL

7.5 A

Switch illuminations

BKUP LP

10 A

Back-up lights

P/W-FL

20 A

Power windows

P/W-RL

20 A

Power windows

P/W-RR

20 A

Power windows

P/OUT

15 A

Power outlet

ACC-B

7.5 A

Audio system, power rear view mirror control, air conditioning system, smart key system, main body
ECU

MIR HTR

10 A

Outside rear view mirror defoggers

P/OUT-MAIN

15 A

Power outlets

A/B-IG2

7.5 A

SRS airbag system

GAUGE

7.5 A

Gauges and meters

ECU-IG1 3

10 A

EPS-IG1, SSR-IG1

S/HTR

15 A

Seat heaters

WIPER

25 A

Windshield wipers

WIPER RR

15 A

Rear window wiper

Maintenance and care

395

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Fuse
17

WASHER

Ampere

Circuit

15 A

Windshield washer, rear window
washer

ECU-IG1 1

10 A

Electronically controlled brake system, tire pressure warning system,
air conditioning system, main body
ECU, anti-glare inside rear view
mirror, Vehicle Proximity Notification System, navigation system

ECU-IG1 2

10 A

Emergency flashers, rear window
defogger, air conditioning system

OBD

7.5 A

On-board diagnosis system

STOP

10 A

Stop/tail lights, high mounted stoplight

CHRG IND

7.5 A

Charging indicator

DOOR

25 A

Power windows

ACC-MAIN

25 A

ACC-B, P/OUT, DCM

396

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ After a fuse is replaced
● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (P. 400)
● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
■ If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
■ When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle.
Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be unusable.

CAUTION

■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire

● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.

NOTICE
■ Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

397

Maintenance and care

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Headlight aim
■ Vertical movement adjusting bolts
Adjustment bolt A
Adjustment bolt B

■ Before checking the headlight aim
STEP 1

Make sure the area around the headlight is not deformed.

STEP 2

Park the vehicle on level ground.

STEP 3

Sit in the driver’s seat.

STEP 4

Adjust the manual headlight leveling dial position to 0.

STEP 5

Bounce the vehicle several times.

■ Adjusting the headlight aim
STEP 1
STEP 2

Remove the motor compartment cover. (P. 356)
Using a Phillips-head screwdriver, turn bolt A in either
direction.
Remember the turning direction and the number of turns.

398

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 3

Turn bolt B the same number
of turns and in the same direction as step 2.
If the headlight cannot be
adjusted using this procedure,
take the vehicle to your Toyota
dealer to adjust the headlight
aim.

Maintenance and care
399

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty level
of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb
replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your
Toyota dealer.

■ Preparing for light bulb replacement
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 488)
■ Removing the motor compartment cover
P. 356
■ Front bulb locations
Front turn signal

Headlight high beam

400

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Rear bulb locations
Rear side marker lights

Rear turn signal lights
Back-up lights
License plate
lights

Maintenance and care
401

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Replacing light bulbs
■ Headlight high beams
STEP 1

Turn the cover counterclockwise
and remove it.

STEP 2

Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.

STEP 3

Unplug the connector while pulling the lock release.

402

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 4

Replace the light bulb and install
the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.

STEP 5

Turn and secure the bulb base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn the
headlight high beams on once
and visually confirm that no light
is leaking through the mounting.

■ Front turn signal
Turn the steering wheel in the
opposite direction of the front
turn signal that you wish to
replace.
For example, if you wish to
replace the front turn signal on
the right side, turn the steering
wheel to the left.

403

Maintenance and care

STEP 1

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 2

Remove the clips using a flathead screwdriver.

STEP 3

Move section “A” of the fender
liner to the inner side of the vehicle, partly removing it and
thereby allowing access to the
front turn signal.

404

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

STEP 4

Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.

STEP 5

Remove the light bulb.

Maintenance and care
405

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Back-up lights, rear turn signal and rear side marker lights
STEP 1

Open the back door (P. 113)
and remove the cover.

STEP 2

Right side only:
Remove the emergency tire
puncture repair kit’s compressor.

STEP 3

Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
Rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light

STEP 4

Remove the light bulb.
Rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light

406

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ License plate lights
STEP 1

Remove the cover as shown in
the illustration.

STEP 2

Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.

Remove the light bulb.

Maintenance and care

STEP 3

407

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Replacing the following lights
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
● Headlight low beams
● Daytime running/parking lights
● Front side marker lights
● Side turn signal lights
● Stop/tail lights
● High mounted stoplight
■ LED lights
The headlight low beams, daytime running/parking lights, front side marker
lights, stop/tail lights and high mounted stoplight consists of a number of
LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to
have the light replaced.
■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does
not indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
● Water has built up inside the headlight.
■ Replacing the back-up light, rear turn signal and rear side marker light
bulbs
There is a ECU near the left hand side bulb bases.
When removing the bulb base, make sure to not subject the ECU to impacts.
(P. 319)
■ When replacing light bulbs
P. 397

408

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

CAUTION
■ Replacing light bulbs
● Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
● Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
● Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
■ To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
4

Maintenance and care
409

4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

410

When trouble arises

5
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ......... 412
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ........................ 413
If you think something
is wrong ......................... 416
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... .......................
If a warning message is
displayed........................
If you have a flat tire.........
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start .......
If you lose your keys ........
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly ..........................
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged......
If your vehicle
overheats .......................
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ..............................
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency .....................

417
427
447
465
467

468
470
475
477

479

411

5-1. Essential information

Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.

Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will
flash. To turn them off, press
the switch once again.

■ Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the EV system is not
operating (while the “READY” indicator is not illuminated), the 12-volt battery
may discharge.

412

5-1. Essential information

If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by
your Toyota dealer or a commercial towing service, using a lift-type
truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws.

Before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer before towing.
● The EV system is operating but the vehicle will not move.
● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
If there is a malfunction in the P position control system, or if the 12volt battery is discharged, the vehicle cannot be moved with the front
wheels on the ground, as the front wheels may be locked.
In this case, move the vehicle with both front wheels or all four
wheels lifted.
Jump start procedure (P. 470)

When trouble arises
413

5-1. Essential information

Towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.

Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front
Release the parking brake.

From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.

414

5-1. Essential information

Using a flat bed truck
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be
damaged.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■ To prevent body damage when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■ To prevent causing serious damage to the EV system when towing
using a wheel-lift type truck

415

When trouble arises

Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground.
Doing so can lead to EV system damage.

5-1. Essential information

If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably
needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.

■ Visible symptoms
● Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
■ Audible symptoms
● Excessive tire squeal when cornering
● Strange noises related to the suspension system
■ Operational symptoms
● Stumbling or running roughly
● Appreciable loss of power
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor

416

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds...
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes
off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.

Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle
may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake system. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
Warning light

(Red)

Warning light/Details
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully
released the system is operating normally.

*: Brake system warning buzzer:

Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
P. 433
■ Brake system warning light operation
Although depressing the brake pedal repeatedly may cause the red brake
system warning light to turn on and the buzzer to sound, this does not indicate a malfunction.

417

When trouble arises

When there is a possible problem that could affect braking performance, the
warning light will come on and a warning buzzer may sound.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warning indicates the possibility of damage to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light

Warning light/Details
12-volt battery charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s 12-volt battery
charging system.

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Failure to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light

Warning light/Details
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
“ABS” warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS;
• The brake assist system.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) system
Slip indicator light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC;
• The TRAC;
• The hill-start assist control

418

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

(Yellow)

(Flashing)

Warning light/Details
Brake system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The regenerative brake system; or
• The electronically controlled brake system
Cruise control indicator light
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system

Follow the correction procedures.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light goes off.
Warning light

Correction procedure

Open door warning light
(warning buzzer)*1
Indicates that a door is
not fully closed

Check that all the doors
are closed.

SOC (State of Charge)
warning light
The amount of charge
remaining in the traction
battery has fallen to the
SOC gauge’s 2 lowest
segments

Charge the vehicle.

Plug-in indicator
Indicates a malfunction
with the charging cable.

Reconnect the charging
cable.
If the warning light
does not go off even
after reconnecting the
charging cable, contact
your Toyota dealer.

419

When trouble arises

(Yellow)

Warning light/Details

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

Warning light/Details

Correction procedure

Charging indicator
Indicates a malfunction in
the charging system

P. 59

Output control warning
light (warning buzzer)
EV system power available is low (due to the
amount of charge remaining in the traction battery
being low, or low temperature or high temperature)

Charge the vehicle.

Seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*2
Warns the driver/front
passenger to fasten his/
her seat belt.

Fasten the seat belt.

Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the
warning light comes on
and flashes to indicate
that the master warning
system has detected a
malfunction.

P. 427

(Flash quickly)

420

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

Warning light/Details

Correction procedure

Tire pressure warning
light
Adjust the tire inflation
pressure (including the
spare tire) to the specified level.
When the light comes on:
The light will turn off
Low tire inflation pressure
after a few minutes. In
such as
case the light does
• Natural causes (P. 422)
not turn off even if the
• Flat tire (P. 447)
tire inflation pressure
is adjusted, have the
system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on
after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire
pressure warning system
(P. 423)

Have the system
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

*1:Open door warning buzzer

P. 433

The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers sound to alert
the driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The
buzzer sounds intermittently for 10 seconds after the vehicle has reached a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the
buzzer will sound at a different tone for 20 more seconds.

421

When trouble arises

*2:Driver's and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, driver's seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system, “AIR BAG
ON” indicator light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger's seat
belt buckle switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (P. 154)
■ Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder
● If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger
detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash, even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
● If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger, and the warning light may not operate properly.
■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the 12-volt battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on
and the warning buzzer may sound.
■ The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes

The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).

422

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ If the tire pressure warning system is inoperative

The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
● If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmit-

ters are used.
● If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is

not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
● If the tire inflation pressure is 73 psi (500 kPa, 5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar) or

higher.
The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
● If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies

are nearby.
● If a radio set at similar frequencies is in use in the vehicle.
● If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
● If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, in particular around the

wheels or wheel housings.
● If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used (Even if you use Toyota

wheels, the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with
some types of tires.)
● If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is

put in the luggage compartment.
■ If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking

for 1 minute
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features P. 500) However, Toyota recommends that the
seat belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passenger that the seat belts are not fastened.
423

When trouble arises

● If tire chains are used.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
■ When the electric power steering warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, hold
firmly and operate using more force than usual.
■ If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a
loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
● Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire inflation pressure immediately.
● If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure
adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If the
tire is flat, temporarily repair it with liquid sealants and have the flat tire
repaired or replaced by the nearest Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
● Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■ If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur

The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.

424

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
■ Maintenance of the tires

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency (for electric vehicles, traction
battery efficiency) and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

425

When trouble arises

Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure
as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.

NOTICE
■ Precaution when installing a different tire

When a tire of a different specification or maker is installed, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.

426

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If a warning message is displayed
If a warning is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm and
perform the following actions:

Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is currently being displayed on the
multi-information display.

Multi-information display
If any of the warning lights turn on again after the following actions,
contact your Toyota dealer.

When trouble arises
427

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Stop the vehicle immediately.
A buzzer sounds and a warning message is shown on the multi-information display. The following warnings indicate the possibility of damage to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the
vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Warning message

Details

Indicates a malfunction in the EV system.

Indicates a malfunction in the SOC gauge.

428

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failure to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning message

Details

Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or,
• The brake assist system
A buzzer also sounds.

Indicates a malfunction in:
• Low brake fluid
• The brake system
A buzzer also sounds.

When trouble arises
429

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system;
or,
• The seat belt pretensioner system
A buzzer also sounds.

Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power
Steering) system.
A buzzer also sounds.

430

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Indicates a malfunction in the traction battery.

When trouble arises

Indicates a malfunction in the steering lock system.
A buzzer also sounds.

431

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system.
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the
system, and then press the button again to reactivate
the system.
A buzzer also sounds.

(Flashes)
Indicates a malfunction in the P position control system.
In this situation, there is a possibility that the parking
lock mechanism will not work.
When parking, park the vehicle on a flat surface and
apply the parking brake securely. Also, it may not be
possible to turn the “POWER” switch off. If this happens, applying the parking brake will enable the
switch to be turned off.
A buzzer also sounds.

432

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Follow the correction procedures.
A buzzer sounds and a warning message is shown on the multi-information display. After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem, check that the warning message goes off.
Warning message

Details

Correction procedure

Indicates that one or
more of the doors or
back door is not fully
closed.
The system also indicates which doors are
not fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches
a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h),

Make sure that all the
doors are closed.

flashes

and a buzzer sounds
to indicate that the
door(s) are not yet
fully closed.
5

When trouble arises

Due to the traction
battery's temperature
being low, power output and maximum
speed are limited.

Wait for battery warmup to be completed.

433

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

434

Details

Correction procedure

Due to the traction
battery's temperature
being high, power output and maximum
speed are limited.

Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.

The EV system was
started while the traction battery's temperature was very low.

Plug in the vehicle to
warm-up the battery.

The EV system was
started while the traction battery's temperature is high.

Wait for the vehicle to
cool down before driving.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Correction procedure

Due to the amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery
and its temperature
being low, power output and maximum
speed are limited.

• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery warmup to be completed.

Due to the traction
battery's high temperature and the amount
of charge remaining in
the traction battery
being low, power output and maximum
speed are limited.

• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.

• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery warmup to be completed.

435

When trouble arises

The EV system was
started while the traction battery's temperature and amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery are
low.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

436

Details

Correction procedure

The EV system was
started while the traction battery's temperature is high and the
amount of charge
remaining in the traction battery is low.

• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.

Due to the amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery
being low, power output is limited.

Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)

The EV system was
started while the
amount of charge
remaining in the traction battery is low.

Charge the vehicle
immediately. (P. 53)

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Correction procedure

The EV system was
turned off while the
amount of charge
remaining in the traction battery is low.

Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)

The amount of charge
remaining in the traction battery is low.
A buzzer also sounds.

Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)

When trouble arises

The amount of charge
remaining in the traction battery is low.
A buzzer also sounds.

437

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Correction procedure

Indicates that the parking brake is still
engaged.
flashes and a
buzzer sounds to indicate that the parking
brake is still engaged
(with the vehicle having
reached a speed of 3
mph [5 km/h]).

Indicates that the
washer fluid level is low.

Add washer fluid.

Due to the amount of
charge remaining in the
traction battery being
high, power regenerated through regenerative braking is reduced.

Apply the brake pedal
as needed to slow
down.

The driver's door is
opened when the
transmission is out of
P with the EV system
on.
(Flashes)
438

Release the parking
brake.

Push the P position
switch.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details

Correction procedure

Indicates that the
accelerator pedal is
depressed while the
shift position is in P.
A buzzer also sounds.

Release the accelerator pedal and shift the
shift position to D or R.

Indicates that the
accelerator pedal is
depressed while the
shift position is in N.
A buzzer also sounds.

Release the accelerator pedal and shift the
shift position to D or R.

(Flashes)

(Flashes)
5

When trouble arises
439

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Have the malfunction repaired immediately.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning message and light turn off.
Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message



(Comes on for 10 seconds.)

Details

Correction
procedure

The electronic
key is not
detected when
attempting to
start the EV
system.

Confirm
the location of the
electronic
key.

An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the
detection range
and the
“POWER”
switch is in
ACCESSORY
or ON mode.

Confirm
the location of the
electronic
key.

(Flashes)

Once

3 times

(Flashes)

440

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

3 times

(Flashes)

Continuous



Once



Correction
procedure

An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the
detection range
and the
“POWER”
switch is in
ACCESSORY
or ON mode
with the shift
position in P.

Turn the
“POWER”
switch to
off or confirm the
location of
the electronic key.

The driver’s
door has been
opened with the
shift position in
a position other
than P and without first turning
the “POWER”
switch off.

Put the
shift position into P.

The electronic
key battery is
low.

Replace
the battery.
(P. 383)

441

When trouble arises

(Flashes)

Details

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message



(Flashes)



(Flashes)

442

Details

Correction
procedure

An open door
has been
closed and the
“POWER”
switch has been
turned twice to
the ACCESSORY mode
from off.

Press the
“POWER”
switch
while
depressing the
brake
pedal.

Indicates that
the steering
lock has not
released within
3 seconds of
pressing the
“POWER”
switch.

Press the
“POWER”
switch
again while
turning the
steering
wheel with
the brake
pedal
depressed.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Charging and pre-climate messages
Charging messages are shown on the multi-information display
when: the traction battery is being charged using the charging cable,
the driver's door is opened, and the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode after charging has been completed (when both charging indicator lights illuminate).
If one of the messages is displayed, follow the correction procedures.
Messages

Correction procedure

The charging cable has
been connected to the
vehicle while the
“READY” indicator light
was illuminated.
A buzzer also sounds.

A safety function* operates and automatically
turns off the EV system.
Turn the “POWER”
switch off, and perform
charging according to
the instructions on page
91.

An attempt has been
made to start the EV
system while the charging cable was connected.
A buzzer also sounds.

A safety function* operates, not allowing the
EV system to be started
while the charging cable
is connected.
Remove the charging
cable and start the EV
system.

An attempt to start
charging while the
“POWER” switch is in
ON mode was made.

Charging has not been
properly completed.
Perform charging again
according to the instructions on page 53.
The vehicle can be
driven without performing charging again,
however, the drivable
distance will be shortened.
443

When trouble arises

Details

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Messages

444

Details

Correction procedure

Charging has been
completed and the
“POWER” switch was
turned to ON mode.
• The message will be
displayed even if charging was interrupted by a
power outage, the
charging cable being
disconnected, etc.
• This message will be
displayed in conjunction
with other messages.
The simultaneously displayed message will differ in accordance with
the charging status (for
example, if charging
was completed or has
been interrupted).

Turn the “POWER”
switch off once and the
display will turn off.
Then turn the “POWER”
switch to ON mode.
• If a message warning of
an interruption in charging is displayed simultaneously, turn the
“POWER” switch off.
After approximately 6
seconds have passed,
turn the “POWER”
switch back to ON
mode.
• After the “POWER”
switch operations have
been performed, the
vehicle can be driven as
normal.

Charging was aborted
due to a malfunction
from the power source.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Messages

Details

Correction procedure

The charging cable was
disconnected from the
vehicle during charging.

One of the following has
occurred during charging:
• The charging cable was
disconnected.
• Charging was interrupted by a power outage or similar.

Charging was aborted
due to high consumption of the 12-volt battery.

Perform charging again
after turning off electrical components that
use the 12-volt battery,
such as the audio system and air conditioning
system.

445

When trouble arises

Charging was aborted
due to a system malfunction.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Messages

Details

Correction procedure

Charging was aborted
due to low traction battery temperature.

Wait for battery warmup to be completed.

Pre-climate operations
were aborted due to the
amount of charge
remaining in the traction
battery being low.

Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)

Pre-climate operations
were aborted due to a
door being opened.

Reset the pre-climate
settings or restart operations using a smart
phone. (P. 57, 58)

* For more information regarding safety systems, see page 88.

■ Charging Message Details
Depending on operation conditions, the details of a message shown on the
multi-information display and actual vehicle conditions may differ (for example the previous condition may be shown). However, the following are not a
malfunction:
If “Charging Not Available Due to IG On turn IG Off to Charge” is shown on
the multi-information display, the message may still be displayed even after
the “POWER” switch is turned off once, the charging cable is reconnected
and the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode again. However, if the charging indicator lights are illuminated or flashing (P. 63), charging has recommenced correctly.
If “Canceled” is shown on the multi-information display, pre-climate operations stopped partway through due to the system judging that 15 minutes of
pre-climate operations was unnecessary. For example, soon after pre-climate operations started, the cabin temperature reached the set temperature
and pre-climate operations were stopped early.
When pre-climate has completed operations normally, “Complete” is shown
on the multi-information display.

446

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If you have a flat tire
A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire
tread can be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire puncture repair kit. (The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The sealant
can be used only once to temporarily repair one tire without
removing the nail or screw from the tire.) Depending on the damage, this kit cannot be used to repair the tire. (P. 450)
After temporarily repairing the tire with the kit, have the tire
repaired or replaced by your Toyota dealer. Repairs conducted
using the emergency tire puncture repair kit are only a temporary
measure. Have the tire repaired and replaced as soon as possible.

■ Before repairing the tire
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
● Set the parking brake.
● Push the P position switch.
● Stop the EV system.
● Turn on the emergency flashers.
5

When trouble arises
447

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit

Emergency tire puncture repair kit

■ Emergency tire puncture repair kit components
Bottle

Hose

448

Air release cap
Stickers

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Compressor

Compressor
switch

Air pressure gauge

Power plug

When trouble arises
449

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Before performing emergency repair
Check the degree of the tire damage.
A tire should only be repaired
with the emergency tire puncture
repair kit if the damage is caused
by a nail or screw passing
through the tire tread.
• Do not remove the nail or
screw from the tire. Removing
the object may widen the
opening and prevent emergency repair with the repair kit.
• To avoid sealant leakage,
move the vehicle until the area
of the puncture, if known, is
positioned at the top of the
tire.
■ In the following cases, the tire cannot be repaired with the emer-

gency tire puncture repair kit. Contact your Toyota dealer.
● When the tire is damaged due to driving without sufficient air pres-

sure
● When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the tire

except the tread, such as the sidewall
● When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
● When the cut or damage to the tread is 0.16 in. (4 mm) long or more
● When the wheel is damaged
● When two or more tires have been punctured
● When 2 or more sharp objects, such as nails or screws, have passed

through the tread on a single tire
● When the sealant has expired

450

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Taking out the emergency tire puncture repair kit
STEP 1

Disengage the
remove the cover.

claws

and

STEP 2

Take out the emergency tire
puncture repair kit.

When trouble arises
451

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Emergency repair method
STEP 1

Take out the repair kit from the luggage compartment.

STEP 2

Remove the valve cap from the
valve of the punctured tire.

STEP 3

Extend the hose. Remove the air
release cap from the hose.
You will use the air release cap
again. Therefore, keep it in a
safe place.

STEP 4

Connect the hose to the valve.
Screw the end of the hose
clockwise as far as possible.

452

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 5

Make sure that the compressor
switch is off.

STEP 6

Lift the rubber stopper on the
compressor.

STEP 7

Remove the power plug from the
compressor.
5

When trouble arises
453

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 8

Connect the power plug to the power outlet socket. (P. 306)

Type A

Type B

Type C

454

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 9

Connect the bottle to the compressor.
Make sure that the bottle is
securely connected.

STEP 10

Attach the 2 stickers as shown.

455

When trouble arises

Remove any dirt and moisture
from the wheel before attaching
the label. If it is impossible to
attach the label, make sure to
tell your Toyota dealer when
you have them repair and
replace the tire that sealant is
injected.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Check the specified tire inflation
pressure.

STEP 11

Tire inflation pressure is specified on the label on the driver's
side pillar as shown. (P. 488)

STEP 12
STEP 13

456

Start the EV system.
To inject the sealant and inflate
the tire, turn the compressor
switch on.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 14

Inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected
and the pressure will spike to
44 psi (300 kPa, 3.1 kgf/cm2
or bar) to 58 psi (400 kPa, 4.1
kgf/cm2 or bar), and then
gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will
display the actual tire inflation
pressure about 1 minute (15
minutes at low temperature)
after the switch is turned on.
Inflate the tire until the specified air pressure.

457

When trouble arises

• Turn the compressor switch
off and then check the tire
inflation pressure. Being
careful not to over inflate,
check and repeat the inflation
procedure until the specified
tire inflation pressure is
reached.
• If the tire inflation pressure is
still lower than the specified
point after inflation for 10
minutes (35 minutes at low
temperature) with the switch
on, the tire is too damaged to
be repaired. Turn the compressor switch off and contact your Toyota dealer.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

• If the tire inflation pressure
exceeds the specified air
pressure, let out some air to
adjust the tire inflation pressure. (P. 460, 488)
STEP 15

With the compressor switch off, disconnect the hose from the
valve on the tire and then pull out the power plug from the
power outlet socket.
Some sealant may leak when the hose is removed.

STEP 16

Install the valve cap onto the valve of the emergency repaired
tire.

STEP 17

Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak
and the vehicle may get dirty.
Do not insert sharp objects into
the tip of the bottle's hose.

STEP 18

Temporarily store the bottle in the luggage compartment while
it is connected to the compressor.

STEP 19

To spread the liquid sealant evenly within the tire, immediately
drive safely for about 3 miles (5 km) below 50 mph (80 km/h).

STEP 20

After driving for about 3 miles (5
km), stop your vehicle in a safe
place on a hard, flat surface and
remove the air release cap from
the hose before reconnecting the
repair kit.

458

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 21

Turn the compressor switch on
and wait for an approximately 5
seconds, and then turn it off.
Check the tire inflation pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
under 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3
kgf/cm2 or bar): The puncture
cannot be repaired. Contact
your Toyota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure is
19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2
or bar) or higher, but less than
the specified air pressure:
Proceed to STEP 22 .
If the tire inflation pressure is
the specified air pressure
(P. 488): Proceed to STEP 23 .

STEP 22

Turn the compressor switch on to inflate the tire until the specified air pressure is reached. Drive for about 3 miles (5 km)
and then perform STEP 20 .

STEP 23

Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.

Do not insert sharp objects into
the tip of the bottle's hose.
STEP 24

Store the bottle in the luggage compartment while it is connected to the compressor.

STEP 25

Taking precautions to avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 50 mph (80 km/h)
to a Toyota dealer that is less than 62 miles (100 km) away for
tire repair or replacement.
459

When trouble arises

If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak
and the vehicle may get dirty.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ If the tire is inflated to more than the specified air pressure
STEP 1
STEP 2

Disconnect the hose from the valve.
Install the air release cap to the end of
the hose and push the protrusion on
the air release cap into the tire valve to
let some air out.

STEP 3

Disconnect the hose from the valve, remove the air release cap
from the hose and then reconnect the hose.

STEP 4

Turn the compressor switch on and wait for several seconds,
and then turn it off. Check that the air pressure indicator shows
the specified air pressure.
If the air pressure is under the designated pressure, turn the
compressor switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure
until the specified air pressure is reached.

■ The valve of a tire that has been repaired

After a tire is repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit, the
valve should be replaced.
■ Note for checking the emergency tire puncture repair kit

Check the sealant expiration date occasionally.
The expiration date is shown on the bottle. Do not use sealant whose
expiration date has already passed. Otherwise, repairs conducted using
the emergency tire puncture repair kit may not be performed properly.

460

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ Emergency tire puncture repair kit
● The sealant stored in the emergency tire puncture repair kit can be

used only once to temporarily repair a single tire. If the sealant has
been used and needs to be replaced, purchase a new bottle at your
Toyota dealer. The compressor is reusable.
● The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from

-40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).
● The repair kit is exclusively designed for the size and type of tires

originally installed on your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that are a different size than the original ones, or for any other purposes.
● The sealant has a limited lifespan. The expiration date is marked on

the bottle. The bottle of sealant should be replaced with a new bottle
before the expiration date. Contact your Toyota dealer for replacement.
● If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
● If the sealant adheres to a wheel or the surface of the vehicle body,

the stain may not be removable if it is not cleaned at once. Immediately wipe away the sealant with a wet cloth.
● During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is produced.

This does not indicate a malfunction.
● Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.

When trouble arises
461

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
■ Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire

Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
Driving with a flat tire may cause a circumferential groove on the side
wall. In such a case, the tire may explode when using a repair kit.
■ Caution while driving
● Store the repair kit in the luggage compartment.

Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● The repair kit is exclusively only for your vehicle.

Do not use repair kit on other vehicles, which could lead to an accident
causing death or serious injury.
● Do not use repair kit for tires that are different size than the original

ones, or for any other purpose. If the tires have not been completely
repaired, it could lead to an accident causing death or serious injury.
■ Precautions for use of the sealant
● Ingesting the sealant is hazardous to your health. If you ingest sealant,

consume as much water as possible, and then immediately consult a
doctor.
● If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with

water. If discomfort persists, consult a doctor.
■ When fixing the flat tire
● Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat area.
● Do not touch the wheels or the area around the brakes immediately

after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven, the wheels and the area around the
brakes may be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts may result in burns.
● Connect the valve and hose securely with the tire installed on the vehi-

cle. If the hose is not properly connected to the valve, air leakage may
occur as sealant may be sprayed out.
● If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a risk

that the hose will move abruptly due to air pressure.
462

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
● After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may splatter when

the hose is disconnected or some air is let out of the tire.
● Follow the operation procedure to repair the tire. If the procedures not

followed, the sealant may spray out.
● Keep back from the tire while it is being repaired, as there is a chance

of it bursting while the repair operation is being performed. If you
notice any cracks or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor
switch and stop the repair operation immediately.
● The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of time. Do not

operate the repair kit continuously for more than 35 minutes.
● Parts of the repair kit become hot during operation. Be careful when

handling the repair kit during and after operation. Do not touch the
metal part around the connecting area between the bottle and compressor. It will be extremely hot.
● Do not attach the vehicle speed warning sticker to an area other than

the one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area where an SRS
airbag is located, such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent
the SRS airbag from operating properly.
■ Driving to spread the liquid sealant evenly

● Drive the vehicle carefully at a low speed. Be especially careful when

turning and cornering.
● If the vehicle does not drive straight or you feel a pull through the

steering wheel, stop the vehicle and check the following.
• Tire condition. The tire may have separated from the wheel.
• Tire inflation pressure. If the tire inflation pressure is 19 psi (130
kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) or less, the tire may be severely damaged.

463

When trouble arises

Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

NOTICE
■ When performing an emergency repair
● A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair

kit if the damage is caused by a sharp object such as a nail or screw
passing through the tire tread.
Do not remove the sharp object from the tire. Removing the object may
widen the opening and disenable emergency repair with the repair kit.
● The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is not

exposed to water, such as when it is being used in the rain.
● Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand at the

side of the road. If the repair kit vacuums up dust etc., a malfunction
may occur.
■ Precautions for the emergency tire puncture repair kit
● The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle

use. Do not connect the repair kit to any other source.
● If gasoline splatters on the repair kit, the repair kit may deteriorate.

Take care not to allow gasoline to contact it.
● Place the repair kit in the specified storage location to prevent it from

being exposed to dirt or water.
● Store the repair kit out of reach of children.
● Do not disassemble or modify the repair kit. Do not subject parts such

as the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may cause a malfunction.

464

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the EV (Electric Vehicle) system will not start
Reasons for the EV system not starting vary depending on the situation. Check the following and perform the appropriate procedure:

■ The EV system will not start even though the correct starting procedure is being followed. (P. 200)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The charging cable may be connected to the vehicle.
● The electronic key may not be functioning properly. (P. 468)
● There may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system.
(P. 149)
● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
● The EV system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However,
depending on the type of malfunction, an interim measure is
available to start the EV system. (P. 385)
● There may be a malfunction in the P position control system.*
(P. 203)
*: It may not be possible to shift the shift position from P to other positions.

One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 470)
● The 12-volt battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.

465

When trouble arises

■ The interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does
not sound or sounds at a low volume.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ The interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn
does not sound.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● One or both of the 12-volt battery terminals may be disconnected.
● The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 470)
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if
repair procedures are unknown.

Emergency start function
When the EV system does not start, the following steps can be used
as an interim measure to start the EV system if the “POWER” switch
is functioning normally.
STEP 1

Set the parking brake.

STEP 2

Set the “POWER” switch to the ACCESSORY mode.

STEP 3

Push and hold the “POWER” switch for about 15 seconds
while depressing the brake pedal firmly.

Even if the EV system can be started using the above steps, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota
dealer.

466

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If you lose your keys
New genuine Toyota keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the other key and the key number stamped on your key number
plate.

When trouble arises
467

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the electronic key does not operate properly
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is interrupted (P. 104) or the electronic key cannot be used because the
battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors and back door can be
opened and the EV system can be started by following the procedure
below.

Locking and unlocking the doors with the mechanical key
Use the mechanical key (P. 94)
in order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again unlocks the other
doors.

Changing “POWER” switch modes and starting the EV system
STEP 1
STEP 2

Apply the brakes.
Touch the Toyota emblem side of
the electronic key to the
“POWER” switch.
If any of the doors is opened and
closed while the key is being
touched to the switch, an alarm
will sound to indicate that the start
function cannot detect the electronic key.

468

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 3

To change “POWER” switch modes:
Within 10 seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the brake
pedal and press the “POWER” switch. Modes can be changed
each time the switch is pressed. (P. 202)
To start the EV system:
Press the “POWER” switch within 10 seconds of the buzzer
sounding, keeping the brake pedal depressed.

In the event that the EV system still cannot be operated, contact your
Toyota dealer.
■ Stopping the EV system
Set the parking brake, push the P position switch and press the “POWER”
switch as you normally do when stopping the EV system.
■ Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 383)

When trouble arises
469

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the vehicle 12-volt battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the EV system if the
vehicle’s 12-volt battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.

If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle following
the steps below.
STEP 1

Open the hood.

STEP 2

Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts as shown in the illustration.

470

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 3

Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine
speed slightly and maintain that level for approximately 5
minutes to recharge the 12-volt battery of your vehicle.

STEP 4

Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the
“POWER” switch off.

STEP 5

Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start
the EV system of your vehicle by turning the “POWER”
switch to ON mode.

STEP 6

Make sure the “READY” indicator comes on. If the indicator
does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.

STEP 7

Once the EV system has started, remove the jumper cables
in the exact reverse order from which they were connected.

Once the EV system starts, have the vehicle inspected at your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

When trouble arises
471

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ Starting the EV system when the 12-volt battery is discharged
The EV system cannot be started by push-starting.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
● Turn off the headlights and the navigation system while the EV system is
off.
● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■ When the 12-volt battery is removed or discharged
● The EV system may not start. (P. 363)
● If the 12-volt battery discharges while the shift position is in P, it may not
be possible to shift the shift position to other positions.
In this case, the vehicle cannot be moved without lifting both front wheels
because the front wheels will be locked. (P. 413)
● The power windows must be initialized. (P. 147)
■ Charging the 12-volt battery
The electricity stored in the 12-volt battery will discharge gradually even
when the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining
effects of certain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the
12-volt battery may discharge, and the EV system may be unable to start.
(The 12-volt battery recharges automatically while the EV system is operating.)

472

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
■ Avoiding 12-volt battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the 12-volt battery:
● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” terminal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the 12-volt battery.
■ 12-volt battery precautions
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte,
while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following
precautions when handling the 12-volt battery:
● When working with the 12-volt battery, always wear safety glasses and
take care not to allow any 12-volt battery fluids (acid) to come into contact
with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.

● Do not lean over the 12-volt battery.

● Always wash your hands after handling the 12-volt battery support, terminals, and other battery-related parts.
● Do not allow children near the 12-volt battery.

473

When trouble arises

● In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

NOTICE
■ When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entangled in the cooling fans or belt.

474

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If your vehicle overheats
If “High Battery Temp” is shown on the multi-information display, the
vehicle may be overheating.

If the message does not disappear after driving for a little while, follow the correction procedure as described below.

Correction procedures
STEP 1

Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning system.

STEP 2

Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood.
If you see steam:
Stop the EV system. Carefully lift the hood after the steam
subsides and then restart the EV system.
If you do not see steam:
Leave the EV system operating and carefully lift the hood.

STEP 3

Check to see if the cooling fans are operating.
If the fans are operating:
Wait until “High Battery Temp” disappears and then stop the
EV system.

STEP 4

After “High Battery Temp” disappears, check the motor/traction
battery coolant level and inspect
the cooling system for leaks.
There are 2 powertrain coolant
reservoirs. Make sure to check
both of them. (P. 357)

475

When trouble arises

If the fans are not operating:
Stop the EV system immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer.

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

STEP 5

If necessary, add motor coolant
up to the “FULL” line.
Add after confirming the type of
coolant. (P. 357)
Water can be used in an emergency if motor coolant is unavailable.

Have the vehicle checked at nearest Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
■ To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The motor compartment may be very hot, causing serious injury such as burns.
● Check that the indicator on the “POWER” switch and the “READY” indicator are off.
● When the “READY” indicator is illuminated, the cooling fans may suddenly
start to operate. Do not touch or approach the fans. Doing so may lead to
fingers, clothes or tools getting caught, resulting in an accidental injury.
● Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the EV system and radiator
are hot.
Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam
released under pressure.

NOTICE
■ When adding motor coolant
Wait until the EV system has cooled down before adding motor coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot EV system
too quickly can cause damage to the EV system.

476

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
STEP 1

Set the parking brake, change the shift position to P and
stop the EV system.

STEP 2

Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front
wheels.

STEP 3

Place wood, stones or some other material under the front
wheels to help provide traction.

STEP 4

Restart the EV system.

STEP 5

Make sure to change the shift position to D or R, release
the parking brake, and then carefully apply the accelerator
to free the vehicle.

■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press the VSC OFF switch to turn off
TRAC.
5

When trouble arises
477

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

CAUTION
■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people. The
vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free.
Use extreme caution.
■ When changing the shift position
Be careful not to change the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

NOTICE
■ To avoid damage to the transmission and other components
● Avoid spinning the wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more
than necessary.
● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.

478

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following procedure:
STEP 1

Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly
depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the
effort required to slow the vehicle.

STEP 2

Shift the shift position to N.

If the shift position is changed to N
STEP 3

After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the
road.

STEP 4

Stop the EV system.

If the shift position cannot be changed to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce
vehicle speed as much as possible.

STEP 4

To stop the EV system, press
and hold the “POWER” switch
for 2 consecutive seconds or
more, or press it briefly 3
times or more in succession.

Press and hold for 2 seconds or more,
or press briefly 3 times or more
STEP 5

Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.

CAUTION
■ If the EV system has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the steering wheel will be lost, making the steering wheel
heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the EV
system.
479

When trouble arises

STEP 3

5-2. Steps to take in an emergency

480

Vehicle specifications

6
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fluid capacity, etc.) ........ 482
Tire information ................ 489
6-2. Customization
Customizable features ..... 500
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize .............. 503

481

6-1. Specifications

Maintenance data (fluid capacity, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length

180.1 in. (4575 mm)

Overall width

71.5 in. (1815 mm)

Overall height*

66.3 in. (1685 mm)

Wheelbase

104.7 in. (2660 mm)

Front tread

61.4 in. (1560 mm)

Rear tread

61.4 in. (1560 mm)

Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupants + luggage)

880 lb. (395 kg)

*: Unladen vehicle

482

6-1. Specifications

Vehicle identification
■ Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your
vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is
used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.

This number is also on the Certification Label.

Vehicle specifications
483

6-1. Specifications

Traction motor
Type

AC Induction

Traction battery
Type

Lithium-ion battery

Overall voltage (Reference)

386 V

484

6-1. Specifications

Cooling system
■ Motor coolant
Capacity (Reference)*1

6.1 qt. (5.8 L, 5.1 Imp. qt.)

Coolant type

“Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48” only *2

■ Heater coolant
Capacity (Reference)*1

1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)

Coolant type

Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• A similar high-quality ethylene glycolbased non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite,
and non-borate coolant with long-life
hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.

*1:The capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact
your Toyota dealer.
*2:The dilution ratio for both “Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is 50% coolant
and 50% deionized water.

Vehicle specifications
485

6-1. Specifications

Electrical system
12-volt battery

Open voltage* at 68F (20C):

12.6  12.8 V Fully charged
12.2  12.4 V Half charged
11.8  12.0 V Discharged
(*: Voltage is checked 20 minutes
after the EV system and all the lights
are turned off)

Charging rates

5 A max.

Transmission
Fluid capacity (Reference)*

1.26 qt. (1.2 L, 1.05 Imp. qt.)

Fluid type

Mobil Dexron VI

*: The capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact
your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE
■ Transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Mobil Dexron VI” may cause deterioration in transmission performance, durability, and ultimately damage the
transmission of your vehicle.

486

6-1. Specifications

Brakes
Pedal clearance*1

1.7 in. (44 mm)

Pedal free play

0.04  0.12 in. (1  3 mm)

Brake pad wear limit

0.04 in. (1.0 mm)

Parking brake lining wear limit

0.04 in. (1.0 mm)

Parking brake lever travel*2

9 11 clicks

Fluid type

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3

*1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) while the EV system is operating
*2: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 45 lbf (200 N, 21
kgf)

Steering
Free play

Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)

Vehicle specifications
487

6-1. Specifications

Tires and wheels
Tire size

225/65R17 101H

Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)

Front: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)

Wheel size

17  7 J

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)

Light bulbs
Light bulbs

Bulb No.

Type

9005

3457NAK

28/8

Rear side marker lights

W5W

Rear turn signal lights

7440

Back-up lights

921

W5W

Vanity lights



Front personal lights



Interior light



Luggage compartment light



Headlights
High beam
Front turn signal
Exterior

License plate lights

Interior

A: HB3 halogen bulbs
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)

488

B: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
D: Double end bulbs

6-1. Specifications

Tire information
Typical tire symbols

Tire size

(P. 491)

Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure

(P. 368)

Maximum cold tire inflation pressure

(P. 488)

This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.

Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the
strands which form the plies in a tire.

Location of treadwear indicators

(P. 366)

Uniform tire quality grading
6

For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows.

DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)

(P. 490)

A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked
“RADIAL” is a bias-ply tire.

TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly filled in the
tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pressure.

489

Vehicle specifications

Radial tires or bias-ply tires

6-1. Specifications

Summer tire or all season tire

(P. 369)

An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked
“M+S” is a summer tire.

Typical DOT and tire identification number (TIN)
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification
(TIN)

Number

Tire manufacturer's identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer's optional
type code (3 or 4 letters)

tire

Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*: The DOT symbol certifies that
the tire conforms to applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards.

490

6-1. Specifications

Tire size
■ Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
■ Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
6

Vehicle specifications
491

6-1. Specifications

Tire section names
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.

■ DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be
found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

492

6-1. Specifications

■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due
to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.

■ Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.

■ Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

493

Vehicle specifications

Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.

6-1. Specifications

Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term

Meaning

Cold tire inflation pressure

Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition

Maximum inflation
pressure

The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a
tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of
the tire

Recommended inflation pressure

Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer

Accessory weight

The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)

Curb weight

The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil (for electric vehicle, traction battery)
and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine (for
electric vehicle, traction motor)

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight

494

6-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1* that
follows

Occupant distribution

Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table 1* below

Production options
weight

The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
12-volt battery, and special trim

Rim

A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are seated

Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)

Nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation

Rim diameter and width

Rim type designation

The industry manufacturer's designation for a
rim by style or code

Rim width

Nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)

The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle's designated seating
capacity

Vehicle maximum load
on the tire

The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of the
maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing
by two

Vehicle normal load
on the tire

The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of curb
weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with
Table 1* below), and dividing by two

495

Vehicle specifications

Normal occupant
weight

6-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning

Weather side

The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire

Bead

The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim

Bead separation

A breakdown of the bond between components
in the bead

Bias ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Carcass

The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load

Chunking

The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall

Cord

The strands forming the plies in the tire

Cord separation

The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds

Cracking

Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material

A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the
tire is designed to fit on the underside of the
rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges
inside the air cavity of the tire

Extra load tire

A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire

Groove

The space between two adjacent tread ribs

Innerliner

The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire

496

6-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass

Intended outboard
sidewall

(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle

Light truck (LT) tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or
multipurpose passenger vehicles

Load rating

The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure

Maximum load rating

The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire

Maximum permissible
inflation pressure

The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated

Measuring rim

The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements

Open splice

Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or
innerliner that extends to cord material

Outer diameter

The overall diameter of an inflated new tire

Overall width

The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective
bands or ribs

Passenger car tire

A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that
have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
10,000 lb. or less.
497

Vehicle specifications

Innerliner separation

6-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords

Ply separation

A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load

Radial ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread

Reinforced tire

A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire

Section width

The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands

Sidewall

That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead

Sidewall separation

The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall

Snow tire

A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM
E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line
on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which
is marked with an Alpine Symbol (
least one sidewall

Test rim
498

) on at

The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire

6-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning

Tread

That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road

Tread rib

A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire

Tread separation

Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass

Treadwear indicators
(TWI)

The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread

Wheel-holding fixture

The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing

*:Table 1  Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load
for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants

Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants

Occupant distribution in
a normally loaded vehicle

2 through 4

2 in front

5 through 10

2 in front, 1 in second
seat

11 through 15

2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat

2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat

16 through 20

Vehicle specifications

499

6-2. Customization

Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences
requires specialized equipment and may be performed by your
Toyota dealer.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer.

Item

Smart key
system
(P. 96)

Default setting

Customized
setting

Smart key system

Off

Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)

Off

Operation signal
(Buzzer)

Off

Wireless remote control

Off

Driver's door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps

All doors
unlocked in one
step

Off

Function

Unlocking operation

Wireless
remote control
(P. 108)

500

Automatic door lock
function to be activated
if door is not opened
after being unlocked
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked

30 seconds
60 seconds
120 seconds

Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)

Off

Door lock buzzer

Off

Operation signal
(Buzzer)

Off

6-2. Customization

Item

Door lock
(P. 110,
468)

Automatic
light control
system
(P. 234)
Lights
(P. 234)

Illumination
(P. 293)

Seat belt
reminder
(P. 419)

Default setting

Customized
setting

Unlocking using a key

Driver's door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps

All doors
unlocked in one
step

Light sensor sensitivity

Level 3

Level 1 to 5

Function

Time elapsed before
headlights automatically turn off after doors
are closed

0 second
30 seconds

60 seconds
90 seconds

Daytime running light
system

Time elapsed before
lights turn off

15 seconds

Operation when the
doors are unlocked

Off

Operation after the
“POWER” switch is
turned off

Off

Footwell lights

Off

Vehicle speed linked
seat belt reminder
buzzer

Off

Off
7.5 seconds
30 seconds

Vehicle specifications
501

6-2. Customization

Navigation system*
Settings that can be changed using the navigation system
Available languages
Available units

English, French and Spanish
miles (miles/kWh), km (km/kWh)

*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

502

6-3. Initialization

Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation
in cases such as after the 12-volt battery is reconnected, or maintenance is performed on the vehicle.

Item
Power window

When to initialize
After reconnecting or changing the
12-volt battery

Reference
P. 147

Vehicle specifications
503

6-3. Initialization

504

For owners

7
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners .............. 506

505

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free:
1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.

506

Index

Abbreviation list ..................... 508
Alphabetical index.................. 509
What to do if... ........................ 518

For details of equipment related to the navigation system and such as the audio system, refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual”.

507

Abbreviation list

Abbreviation/Acronym list
ABBREVIATIONS
A/C

Air Conditioning

ABS

Anti-lock Brake System

ALR

Automatic Locking Retractor

CRS

Child Restraint System

DISP

Display

ECU

Electronic Control Unit

EDR

Event Data Recorder

ELR

Emergency Locking Retractor

EPS

Electric Power Steering

508

MEANING

Electric Vehicle

GAWR

Gross Axle Weight Rating

GVWR

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

LATCH

Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children

LED

Light Emitting Diode

M+S

Mud and Snow

SOC

State of Charge

SRS

Supplemental Restraint System

TIN

Tire Identification Number

TPMS

Tire Pressure Warning System

TRAC

Traction control

VIN

Vehicle Identification Number

VSC

Vehicle Stability Control

Alphabetical index

Alphabetical index
A A/C ............................................ 276
ABS........................................... 251
Active head restraints............. 120
Air conditioning filter.............. 381
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter ............. 381
Automatic air
conditioning system ........... 276
Pre-climate ..................... 53, 277
Remote Climate
Control ......................... 53, 277
Airbags
Airbag operating
conditions................... 156, 157
Airbag precautions for
your child............................ 161
Airbag warning light.............. 418
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions........... 157
Curtain shield airbag
precautions ........................ 161
Front passenger occupant
classification system .......... 166
General airbag
precautions ........................ 161
Locations of airbags ............. 154
Modification and disposal of
airbags ............................... 165
Proper driving
posture ....................... 152, 161
Side airbag operating
conditions........................... 157
Side airbag precautions........ 161
SRS airbags ......................... 154
Anti-lock brake system........... 251
Armrest .................................... 313
Assist grips.............................. 315
Automatic air
conditioning system............. 276
Automatic light control
system ................................... 234
Auxiliary box........................... 302

B Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Wattage.................................488
Back door
Back door ..............................113
Smart key system....................96
Wireless remote control ........108
Battery
Checking (12-volt battery) .....362
If the vehicle 12-volt battery
is discharged.......................470
Lithium-ion battery...................34
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
Traction battery .......................32
Bottle holder.............................300
Brake assist..............................251
Brakes
Fluid ......................................361
Parking brake ........................216
Break-in tips .............................191

C Care
Exterior..................................334
Interior ...................................337
Seat belts ..............................338
Cargo capacity .........................267
Cargo hooks .............................317
Chains .......................................268
Charging
Charge immediately ..........53, 64
Charge mode ..........................58
Charging cable ........................47
Charging equipment................46
Charging indicator ...................59
Charging messages ..............443
Charging precautions ..............84
Charging procedure ...............53
Charging time will increase
when .....................................79

509

Alphabetical index

How to charge your vehicle.....53
High voltage components........32
Information related to
charging display....................74
Maintenance............................92
Power sources precautions.....52
Power sources that can be
used ......................................50
Pre-Climate .............................53
Remote Climate
Control ..........................53, 277
Safety functions.................48, 82
When charging cannot be
carried out.............................88
Charging port door ....................46
Charging station
information.............................520
Child restraint system
Booster seats, definition........172
Booster seats, installation .....176
Convertible seats,
definition .............................172
Convertible seats,
installation...........................176
Front passenger occupant
classification system ...........166
Infant seats, definition ...........172
Infant seats, installation.........176
Installing CRS with a top
tether strap..........................183
Installing CRS with
LATCH anchors ..................178
Installing CRS with seat
belts ....................................180
Child safety
Airbag precautions ................161
Child restraint system............172
Child-protectors.....................111
How your child should wear
the seat belt ........................135
Installing child restraints........176
Power window lock switch.....146
Power window precautions ...148

510

Removed key battery
precautions ......................... 384
Seat belt extender
precautions ......................... 138
Seat belt precautions ............ 136
Seat heater precautions........ 312
12-volt battery
precautions ................. 363, 473
Child-protectors....................... 111
Cleaning
Exterior.................................. 334
Interior................................... 337
Seat belts .............................. 338
Coat hooks ............................... 314
Condenser ................................ 360
Console box ............................. 298
Cooling system
Overheating ..........................475
Cruise control ..........................243
Cup holders.............................. 299
Curtain shield airbags ............. 154
Customizable features ............ 500

D Daytime running light
system .................................... 236
Daytime running lights
Replacing light bulb............... 400
Switch ................................... 234
Defogger
Rear window ......................... 292
Side mirrors........................... 292
Dimensions .............................. 482
Dinghy towing ..........................274
Display
Multi-information display ....... 227
Trip information ..................... 227
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 346
Door courtesy lights
Door courtesy lights .............. 293
Wattage................................. 488

Alphabetical index

Doors
Back door ............................. 113
Door lock ........................ 96, 108
Door window......................... 146
Rear door child protector...... 111
Side doors ............................ 110
Side mirrors .......................... 143
Driver's seat belt reminder
light ........................................ 419
Driving
Break-in tips ......................... 191
Correct posture..................... 152
Procedures ........................... 190
Winter driving tips................. 268

E Electric power steering........... 251
Electric vehicle .......................... 26
Electronic key
If your electronic key
battery is discharged.......... 468
Emergency flasher
Switch................................... 412
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit................................. 447
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds... ........................... 417
If a warning light turns
on ....................................... 417
If a warning message is
displayed............................ 427
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 468
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start............ 465
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged.......... 470
If you have a flat tire ............ 447
If you lose your keys............. 467
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 416
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 477

If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency ..........................479
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ..................................413
If your vehicle overheats .......475
Energy monitor
Past record screen ..................40
Trip information screen ...........38
EPS............................................251
EV (Electric Vehicle) system
Charging..................................53
Driving tips ..............................41
Emergency shut off system.....33
Energy monitor/
consumption screen..............38
EV System Indicator..............221
EV (Electric Vehicle) system
precautions ...........................32
High voltage components........32
How to start the EV system...200
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start ............465
“POWER” switch ...................200
Vehicle Proximity
Notification System ...............31
Event data recorder ...................19
Extended charge mode .............58

F Floor mat...................................316
Fluid
Brake.....................................361
Washer..................................365
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............166
Front passenger's seat belt
reminder light.........................419
Front seats
Adjustment ............................118
Front side marker lights
Switch....................................234

511

Alphabetical index

Front turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Wattage.................................488
Fuses.........................................385

G Garage door opener.................320
Gauges......................................218
Glove box..................................297
Grocery bag hooks ..................317

H Hazard lights
Switch....................................412
Head restraints
Adjusting ..............................127
Headlight aim ...........................398
Headlights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Switch....................................234
Wattage.................................488
Heater coolant
Capacity ................................485
Checking ...............................359
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
Heaters
Seat heaters..........................310
Side mirrors...........................292
Hill-start assist control ............251
Hood..........................................349
Hooks
Cargo hook............................317
Grocery bag ..........................317
Horn...........................................217

512

Identification
Motor..................................... 483
Tire........................................ 489
Vehicle .................................. 483
Illuminated entry system......... 295
Immobilizer system ................. 149
Indicator lights ......................... 223
Initialization
Items to initialize ................... 503
Inside rear view mirror ............ 141
Interior light
Switch ................................... 295
Wattage................................. 488

J Jack
Jack stand............................. 352
Positioning a floor jack .......... 351
Positioning a jack stand ........ 352

K Keyless entry ........................... 108
Keys
Electronic key..........................94
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 468
If you lose your keys ............. 467
Key battery............................ 383
Key number.............................94
Keyless entry ........................ 108
Keys ........................................94
Mechanical key .......................94
“POWER” switch ................... 202
Wireless remote control
key ...................................... 108

Alphabetical index

L License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Wattage ................................ 488
Light bulbs
Replacing ............................. 400
Wattage ................................ 488
Lights
Door courtesy lights.............. 293
Emergency flasher switch .... 412
Hazard light switch ............... 412
Headlight switch ................... 234
Interior light switch........ 294, 295
Luggage compartment
light .................................... 295
Personal light switch............. 294
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Turn signal lever................... 215
Vanity lights .......................... 305
Wattage ................................ 488
Load capacity .......................... 267
Lock steering column ............. 204
Luggage compartment light
Switch................................... 295
Wattage ................................ 488

M Maintenance
Do-it-yourself
maintenance .......................346
General maintenance............342
Maintenance data..................482
Maintenance requirements....340
Meter
Instrument panel light
control .................................219
Meters ...................................218
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror...........141
Side mirror heaters................292
Side mirrors...........................143
Vanity mirrors ........................305
Motor
Compartment ........................355
Hood......................................349
Identification number.............483
Motor compartment cover.......356
Motor coolant
Capacity ................................485
Checking ...............................357
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
Multi-information display ........227

N Navigation system screen
operations ................................44
Touch ......................................44
Double Tap..............................44
Drag ........................................44
Flick.........................................44
Noise specific to an electric
vehicle ......................................30
Normal charge mode .................58

513

Alphabetical index

O Odometer ..................................218

R Radiator .................................... 360

Opener
Charging port door ..................59
Hood......................................349
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjusting and folding.............143
Defogger ...............................292
Overheat ...................................475

Range map .................................28
Rear seat
Adjustment ............................ 121
Folding down......................... 122
Rear side marker lights
Replacing light bulb............... 400
Switch ................................... 234
Wattage................................. 488
Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 400
Wattage................................. 488
Rear view monitor system ...... 247
Rear window defogger ............ 292
Rear window wiper .................. 241
Regenerative braking .......... 27, 29
Remote Climate Control
system ......................................53
Replacing
Fuses .................................... 385
Key battery............................ 383
Light bulbs............................. 400
Tires ...................................... 366
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners............................ 506

P Parking brake ...........................216
Parking lights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Switch....................................234
Personal/interior lights
Switch....................................294
Wattage.................................488
Power outlet .............................306
“POWER” switch......................200
Power windows ........................146
Pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control)
Pre-climate ......................53, 277
Pre-climate schedule...............53
Remote Climate
Control ..........................53, 277

514

Alphabetical index

S Safety Connect ........................ 326
Seat belts
Adjusting the seat belt .......... 131
Automatic Locking
Retractor ............................ 134
Child restraint system
installation .......................... 176
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belts...................... 338
Emergency Locking
Retractor ............................ 120
How to wear your seat belt... 131
How your child should wear
the seat belt ....................... 135
Pregnant women,
proper seat belt use ........... 136
Reminder light ...................... 419
Seat belt extenders .............. 135
Seat belt pretensioners ........ 134
Seat heaters............................. 310
Seating capacity...................... 267
Seats
Adjustment ................... 118, 121
Adjustment
precaution .................. 120, 125
Child seats/child restraint
system installation.............. 176
Cleaning ............................... 337
Head restraints ..................... 127
Properly sitting in the seat .... 152
Seat heaters ......................... 310
Service reminder
indicators .............................. 223
Shift lever
Transmission ........................ 206
Side airbags............................. 154
Side marker lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Switch................................... 234
Wattage ................................ 488
Side mirrors
Adjusting and folding ............ 143

Side turn signal lights
Replacing light bulb...............400
Wattage.................................488
Smart key system
Entry function ..........................96
Starting the EV system..........200
“SOS” button............................326
Specifications...........................482
Speedometer ............................218
Steering
Column lock release..............204
Steering wheel
Adjustment ............................140
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Storage feature.........................296
Storage precautions ................265
Stuck
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................477
Sun visors.................................304
Switch
Cruise control ........................243
“DISP” switch ........................227
Emergency flasher switch .....412
Hazard light switch ................412
Light switches........................234
Power door lock switch .........110
“POWER” switch ...................200
Power window switches ........146
SPORT mode switch.............208
VSC OFF switch....................252
Window lock switch ...............146
Wiper and washer
switch..........................238, 241

515

Alphabetical index

T Tail lights
Replacing light bulbs .............400
Switch....................................234
Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ...............149
Theft prevention labels............151
Tire inflation pressure .............374
Tire information
Glossary ................................494
Size .......................................491
Tire identification number......490
Uniform tire quality
grading................................492
Tires
Chains ...................................268
Checking ...............................366
If you have a flat tire..............447
Inflation pressure...................374
Information ............................489
Replacing ..............................366
Rotating tires .........................366
Size .......................................488
Snow tires .............................268
Tire pressure warning
system ........................366, 419
Total load capacity...................267
Towing
Dinghy towing........................274
Emergency towing.................413
Trailer towing.........................273
Traction control........................251
Traction battery coolant
Checking ...............................357
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
TRAC .........................................251

516

Transmission
P position switch ................... 209
Transmission......................... 206
Trip information ....................... 227
Trip meter ................................. 218
Turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 400
Switch ................................... 215
Wattage................................. 488

U Utility vehicle precautions ...... 258
V Vanity lights
Vanity lights........................... 305
Wattage................................. 488
Vanity mirrors ..........................305
Vehicle data recordings ............19
Vehicle identification
number ................................... 483
Vehicle Stability Control ......... 251
VSC ........................................... 251

W Warning buzzers
Brake system ........................ 417
Electric power steering
system ................................ 418
Key reminder......................... 440
Master warning ..................... 419
Open door ............................. 419
Output control warning.......... 419
Seat belt reminder................. 419

Alphabetical index

Warning lights
Anti-lock brake system ......... 418
Brake assist system ............. 418
Brake system........................ 417
Electric power steering ......... 418
Master warning..................... 419
Open door ............................ 419
Output control warning ......... 419
Plug-in indicator.................... 419
Pretensioners ....................... 418
Seat belt reminder light ........ 419
Slip indicator light ................. 418
SOC (State of Charge)
warning .............................. 419
SRS airbags ......................... 418
Tire pressure warning light ... 419
12-volt battery charging
system................................ 418
Warning messages ................. 427
Washer
Checking .............................. 365
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 268
Switch........................... 238, 241
Washing and waxing............... 334
Weight
Cargo capacity ..................... 263
Load limits ............................ 267
Weight .................................. 482
Wheels...................................... 378
Window glasses ..................... 146
Window lock switch ................ 146
Windows
Power windows .................... 146
Rear window defogger ......... 292
Washer ......................... 238, 241
Windshield wipers................... 238
Wireless remote control key
Replacing the battery ........... 383
Wireless remote control
key ..................................... 108

517

What to do if...

What to do if...
A tire punctures

P. 447 If you have a flat tire

P. 465 If the EV system will not start

The EV system does not start

P. 149 Immobilizer system
P. 470 If the 12-volt battery is discharged

Steam can be seen coming
from under the hood

P. 475 If your vehicle overheats

The key is lost

P. 467 If you lose your keys

The 12-volt battery runs out

P. 470 If the 12-volt battery is discharged

The doors cannot be locked

P. 110 Side doors
P. 113 Back door

The vehicle is stuck in
mud or sand

P. 477 If the vehicle becomes stuck

A warning light or indicator light
comes on

P. 417

518

If a warning light turns on or a
warning buzzer sounds...

What to do if...

■Warning lights
Brake system warning
light
P. 417

Cruise control indicator
P. 418
light*1

12-volt battery charging system warning light P. 418

Master warning light

SRS warning light

Electric power steering system warning light P. 418

P. 418

Open door warning light
P. 419

P. 419

Driver’s/front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light P. 419

Brake system warning light
(yellow indicator) P. 418

“ABS” warning light

SOC (State of Charge)
P. 419
warning light

Tire pressure warning
light
P. 419

Output control warning
P. 419
light

Slip indicator light

Charging
indicator*2

P. 418

Plug-in indicator (yellow indicator) P. 419

P. 419

*1: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*2: Both lights flash quickly for 10 seconds to indicate that the system is
malfunctioning.

519

CHARGING STATION INFORMATION

Auxiliary catch lever
P. 349

Hood release lever
P. 349

Charging port door
P. 59

Charging port door opener
P. 59

Power sources
Charger type

Tire inflation pressure
P. 488

AC120 V, 240 V electrical receptacles
(NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 5-20R)
AC charger (SAE J1772 level1/level2)

Time needed for charging*
Traction battery type

Cold tire inflation
pressure

520

P. 78
Lithium-ion battery

P. 488

Gives an estimation of the amount of time needed to charge fully
from an EV driving range of 0 mile (0 km).
For the charge procedure, refer to “Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control) procedures” in section 1 (P. 53).
Handling may differ in accordance with the type of plug provided at
the charging station. Check at each station.

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2015:03:23 10:53:01-07:00
Modify Date                     : 2015:03:23 10:53:01-07:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2015:03:23 10:53:01-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:50531990-8e37-4f3c-83aa-2ddea4ea003d
Instance ID                     : uuid:c2f061a0-5839-4865-80c8-5e5b692ab19d
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 521

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Toyota OM42A00U

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation